GIFT OF Professor Tifhitten DE WITT & SHELLING BOOKSELLERS ^ I " NEW GUIDE TO German Conversation k^ ALPTIA.BETICAL LIST OP NEARLY EIGHT HUNDRED FAMILIAR WORBS SIMILAR IN ORTHOGRAPHY OR SOUND AND OF THE SAME MEANING IN BOTH LANGUAGES, FOLLOWED BY EXERCISES,* A CLASSI- FIED VOCABULARY OF WORDS IN FREQUENT USE; FA- MILIAR PHRASES AND DIALOGUES; -A SKETCH OF GERMAN literature; IDIOMATIC EXPRES- SIONS,* PROVERBS, LETTERS, ETC. J AND A SYNOPSIS OF GERMAN GRAMMAR. ARRANGED FROM THE WORKS OP WiTOOMB Dr. Emil Otto. Flaxmann, and othersl L.PYLODETj^^a.^^c^, ••'•"• NEW YORK HENEY HOLT AND COMPANY F. W. CHRISTERN BOSTON: CARL SCHCENHOF Entered, according to Act of Congress, in tlie year 1868. by LEYPOLDT & HOLT. in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United State* for the Southern District of New York « . • • , PREFACE. Although, in preparing this new *' Guide i d Gekm a n CJoNVERSATiON," we have consulted such authorities as .^vtOy Witcomb — Steuer^ Flaxmann^ Ragonot — Lebahn, Bd- deker. Smith — Adler — Mesnard, Busch, and others, we have not been able to use any single work as a basis for this book. The principal reason was, that, with the exception of Lebahn, whose work merely consists of a Vocabulary, and Busch, whose method did not seem practicable, all these manuals were originally intended for the use either of the French or the German student ; yet each of them offered so much of excellent material, that nothing waa needed, in order to make a useful manual for the Ameri- can student, but a discriminating selection, some revision of errors and awkward expressions (especially in the ^ei-man part of Witcomb), and a new arrangemejit. We are especially indebted to Witcomb for the introduc- tory part, viz., Haben (to have), and Sein (to be), conju ^ated with nouns and adjectives; to Lebahn and Bride kn for the Vocabulary ; to Otto^ Flaxmann and Witcomb fur Familiar Phrases and Dialogues; to Flaxmann and Busch foi Idiomatic Expressions; to Bddeker for his Questions for Travellers, generally so worded that they can be an swered by "yes" or **no;'' and to Bohn and others foi the Proverbs. In regard to the Idioms, which, to facili late reference, are arranged alphabetically according tr 1 iy!44292 GEEMAN AND ENGLISH CONVERSATION. INTRODUCTORY PART. Ooijugatioii of the Anxiliaoy Verbs "Haben" and ''Seiii,* with Nouns and Adjecidyes. 3^ ^abe 33rob. 5Du bap gleifc^. (£r ^at 2Bein, SBir :^aben 33ier» 3^r ^abt £)h% ^akn, to have. Indicative. Present. I have some bread. Thou hast some meat. He has some wine. We have some beer. You have some fruit. They have some apple». Imperfect, S^ $atte etttc 23trne. 3Du ^attejl etne 9^fir|l^e. dx ^atte ^trfc^en, 2Bir batten ^Jflaumcn, 3^r i^attet 3:rauben. @ie fatten 2)?ant>ettt. I had a pear. Thou hadst a peach. He had some cherries. We had some plums. You had some grapes. They had some almonda, 6 GERMAN CONVERSATION. Perfect. 3c6 ^ciBe efnen 231eijlift gei^albt I have had a lead-peaciL (SLx $atte t\Xi%t get)fni. ' Ho ho^ had some pens Fluperfect, 3c^ ^attc cin ^aua gc^abt, I had had a house. ©tr fatten cin ©ci^Iog ge^abt We had had a castle. First Future, 3i!^ tt)erbe ^^ujyc {)abcn, I shall have some nuts. Du tt>ir|l ©rbbeeren ;^aben. Thou wilt have some straw berries. 2??ein 23ruber Wtrb So^auttt^* My brother will have som€ beeren |>aben. currants. 2Bir ttjerbett ^aftanien ^aben* We shall have some chest nuts. 3^r wcrbet eine ©itrone ^aben» You will have a lemon. ^einc(S(^tt>eflerntt)erbett^im' My sisters will have some' beeren ^aben. raspberries. Second Future, 3d^ h)erbe ®etb ge^abt ^aben, I shall have had some mo- ney. @ic tperben QJolb ge^abt ^a* They will have had some ben, gold. First Conditional, 3c^ tDiirbe Sf^tntfleifi^ \iCi)>tn, I should have some beef. Du n)urbe)l ^ammelflctft^ ^a* Thou wouldst have some ben, mutton. 5J?etn§reunb njurbe^albf!etf(^ My friend would have some taben. veal. ©Ir Wiirben (S(^infen ^aben. We would have some ham 3<>r ttJiirbet 23raten ^aben. You would ha^e some roast meat, ©ie IPurben gefo(^te^ ^tnb- They would have some fieifcS ^aben, boiled beef. Second Conditional. 3i^ Mrbc Slumen ge^abt ^a* I should have had somt 6ett. flowers. Imperative. gajfet utt^ 33utter ^aben. ^it fotten ®ier ^aben, £)ic ^inber fotten mi^ ^aben. Let him ha's e some honey Let us have some butter. Have some cheese. Let them have some eggs. Let the children have some milk. Infinitive. Present, ^xnt 23ibIiot|)e! ju ^ciben. To have a library. Past. bitten Saben ge^abt ju ^ciben. To have had a store. Participles. Present. jDa« gieber :^abenb. ®c:^abt ^abcnb. DaS i(^ ^affee ^abt» Da{ bu Sl^ee ^abejl. Daf er 9la^m ^abe» £)af tt)ir cittcn ^uc^en ^abem Dag i^r (Salat ^abet Dai jlc @ala ^aben. Having a fever. Past. Having had. Subjunctive. Present. That I may have coffee. That thou mayest have lea. That he may have some cream. That we may have a cake. That you may have some salad. That they may have som« salt. 8 ^ERMA^ CONVERSATION. !£)af H (£fria ^dtteft Dftf er Del ijd^te^ £)af »ir (Scnf fatten* ©afi i$r 3u(fcr ^dttet !Daf fic ®ett)ilr§e i^dttcn^ Imperfect, That I might hi 76 scmt pepper. That thoit mightest haT6 some vinegar. That he might have soma oil. That we might have som« mustard. That you might have some sugar. That they might have spicas^ Interrogative. ^aBe ic^ etn 5D?e(fer ? ^ajlbuciitcC^aM? ^at er einen Soffel ? ^abenttJtr ©Idfer? ^aBti^rSleto? ^abtn fie etne glafc^e? J&atteid^(£ifen? ^atte|lbu(5t4I? ^atteer^upfer? J^atten tt)tr 5!}?efftttg ? ^att2tt^r33Iet? fatten fie ©ilber? SBerbe ic^ 3^apier :^aben ? SBirft bu — l^aben jc. SBerben S^re ©c^wejlern etn »&au^ ^aben? SBiirbe ic^ ein 3iwt^cr ^^^^n ? iffiurbcjl bu — ^aben jc. ? ©iirbett fic Sdume baben? Have la knife? Hast thou a fork? Has he a spoon ? Have we any glasses ? Have you any plates ? Have they a bottle ? Had I any iron ? Hadst thou any steel ? Had he any copper? Had we any brass ? Had you any lead ? Had they any silver? Shall I have any paper? Shalt thou have — , &c Will your sisters have a house ? Should I have a room ? Shouldst thou have — , &c Would they have any trees? HAbEn. Negative. S^ f^aU fetttctt fRod. Du id^ hint SBefte. @r ^at Hint (Strum:pfe» 2Bir ^(ibm leine ©c^u^^e, S^r :^abt letnen ^ut attc i(^ feinen 3:eppi0 ? 5Berbe i^ nic§t f(^5ne0 SBetter i^aBen ? SBerben n)ir feinen ffit^m l^a* Ben? SBurbe i* nic^t bag Un^Iiicf (aBen ? Have I not a horse ? Hast thou not a dog? Has he not a monkey ? Have we not a cat ? Have you not an ox ? Have they not some cows ? Had I not a carpet ? Shall I not have fine weatb* er? Shall we not have rain ? Should I not have the miai fortune ? 10 GERKiN CONVERSATION. (^ e t tt, to be. Indicative. Present. 3t^ ^tn tin 5lmert!aner. €)U bijl etn Deutfc^er. ^ic ifl eine granaoftn, 8Dir ftnt granjofen. 3^r fctt Staliener. @ie ftttb etit Deutfd)er. @te fmb ©fattier. 3(^ war ein ^inb. Vvi xoQiX^ ein ^nabe. (£r tt)ar etn 5i}?ann» 9Btr tDaren ©(filter* S^t maret ^aufleute. (&te n^aren ein Si^rer. @{e waren (Stubenten. I am an American, Thou art a German. Hhe is a Frenchwoman. We are Frenchmen. You are Italians. You are a German. They are Spaniards. Imperfect I was a child. Thou wast a boy. He was a man. They were pupils. You were merchants YoM were a teacher. They were students. Perfect, 3d^ bin fe^r t^dtig geix>cfcn. I have been very actiyc Du bifi K. Thou hast, &c. Pluperfect, 3^^ tOQiX jufrieben getrefen. I had been content. First Future. 3c^ tt>erbe fro|) fein. jDu tt>ir|l traurtg fein* (Ix n)irb faul fein. SGBir werbcn freubig fein* 3^r n)erbet reic^ fein. ©ie njerben arm feim I shall be glad. Thou wilt be sad. He will be idle. We shall be merry. You will be rich. They will be poor. 8E1N. U Second Future, 3d^ njcrbe Iran! getrefen fein» I shall have been iick. First Conditional. 3(^ wurbe glMli^ fetn, I should be happy. Du ivurbeft unHug feitt. Thou wouldst be imprudent Diefee tDiirbe unnii^ fetn. That would be useless. IBtr.tt^urben graufam fein. We should be barbarous. S^r wiirbet flrafl)ar fein. You would be guilty, ©ie iDiirben f^lec^t fein. They would be wicked. Second Conditional. 3^ wurbe ^orfK^tiger genjefcn I should have been mow fein. cautious. Imperative. ®ei e^rttc^. Be honest. (£r fott ^ofIt(^ fein. Let him be polite. Cagt un^ gere^t feiu. Let us be just. ®eib tt)etfe. Be wise. @te foUen treu fein. Let them be faithful. Infinitive. 3u J^aufe ju fein. To be at home. SSerloren gewefen ju fein. To have been lost. Participles. ©cienb. Being. ®eti?efen fein. Having been. Subjunctive. Present. !ra9 ic^ jlar! fci. That I may be strong. iDag bu unfc^ulbig feiejl. That thou may est be in no cent. Daf jte ru^ig fei. That she may be quiet. ^a§ xoxx gefi^icft feien. That we may be skilful. t;a§ i^r !u^n feib. That you may be bold. S)a§ |te ftolj feien. That they may be proud. 12 GERMAN CONVEKSATION. Dag i^ alt mxt. $)a§ bu jung tt)dre)l» l>a5 cr t»cf(^dfti9t toaxt. £a| mtr grower wdrcm l)ag i^r ftetner wdrct Dag ftc gtet($ n>dren. Imperfect That I might be old. That thou mightest young. That he might be busy. That we might be taller. That you might be shorter That they might be equaJ bf Negative and Interrogative. 3c^ bin n ^t taub. SBift bu emrig ? 3ft euer fRod nic^t 6Iau ? iffitr fmb nic^t munter* ^eib i^r nic^t miibe ? (Sif ftnb nlc^t fe^r befc^eiben. S?ar {&) ni^t ju entfi^ulbigen? SBarjl bu ntc^t ge^orfam? ®ar cr iiberrafd^tV SBir tt)arcn ni^t gtu(fti(^» SBaret ibr fleigig ? SBaren ftc ni^t i)erf(^tt)iegen ? 2Bar tc^ unbanfbar? 2Barjl bu nic^t befc^dmt ? Sr irar ni(^t franf. 2Bir ttjarcn nid)t na§. SBarct ibr erjlaunt? 5Barcn fte ni(i)t wurbfg ? SBerbe ic^ berii^mt fein? ®irfl bu nid^t eigenfmnicj fein? Die giaWe wirb nid^t »oII fein. SBir werben nic^t fo unboflici^ fein. ©erbet i^r cfyfn fein? I am not deaf. Art thou diligeut ? Is not your coat blue ? We are not merry. Are you not tired ? They are not very modest. Was I not excusable ? Wast thou not obedient? Was he surprised ? We were not lucky. Were you studious ? Were they not discreet ? Was I ungrateful ? Wast thou not ashamed ? He was not ill. We were not wet. Were you astonished ? Were they not worthy ? Shall I be illustrious ? Shalt thou not be obstinate 1 The bottle will not be fiill. We shall not be so impolite Shall you be frank ? SEIN. II SBcrben fit ntc^t ungludlid^ Wi 1 they not be unhappy? fein? S(^ murbe ntd^t jufricben fein* I should not be satisfied, pleased. SEBurbejl bu bofe fein? Shouldstthou be dissatisfied displeased ? SBitrbc ba^ 3ttttmer ttt(^t breit Would not the room be wide genug fein ? enough ? SBiirben mx Itebenemurbig Should we be amiable ? fein? SBiirbet i^r nt(^t Idc^erlic^ fein ? Should you not be ridicu lous? fBiirben fu nt(^t ju fcfwaci^ Would tb^ ^ not be too weAk feit!? ALPHABETICAL LIST OF FAMILIAR WORDS Sfimuar in Sowxd cr Orthography and having the Same Meanifi§ in Both Languages. Where it differs from the English, the German accent is marked. AcceDt, der Accent. Addiess, die Adresse. Affent {Com.), der Agent. Alabaster, der Alabaster. Alarm, der Alarm. All, alle. Altar, der Altar. Ambition, die Ambition. Anchor, der Anker. Anecdote, die Anekdote. Appetite, der Appetit. Architect, der Architect. Architecture, die Architectur. Argument, das Argument. Aristocrat, der Aristocrat. Arithmetic, die Arithm^tik. Arm, der Arm. Article, dor Artikel. Artillerv, die Artillerie. A.3hes, die Asche. AiStronomy, die Astronomie. Auction, die Auktion. Author, der Autor. Autograph, der Auiogrdph. Ball, der Ball. Ballad, die Ballade. Ballast, der Ballast. Ballet, das Ballot. Bank (Com.), die Bank. Bank-note, die Banknote. U Banner, das Banner. Banquet, das Banket. Bark (JVaM<.),die Barke. Baron, der Baron. Basis, die Basis. Bass, der Bass. Bay, die Bai. Bear, der Bar. Bed, das Bett. Begin, beginnen. Bible, die Bibel. Bind, binden. Biography, die Biographf«b Bitter, bitter. Blind, adj., blind. Blind, v., blenden. Block, der Block. Blockade, die Blockade*. Blue, blau. Boat, das Boot. Bore, bohren. Brave, brav (tapfer). Brilliant, brillant. Bring, bringen. Bronze, die Bronze. Brood, die Brut. Brown, braun. Brutal, brutal. Buck, der Bock. Bush, der Busch. Butter, die Butter. FAMILIAR WORDS. U Cable, der Kabel. Calc'ilation ( Com,), die Calcu- lation. Calendar, der Kal^nder. Camel, das Kameel. Camelia, die Camelie. Canal, der Kanal. Cannon, die Kanone. Capital {Fin.), das Capital Cardinal, der Cardinal. Carnival, der Carneval. C&ralry, die Cavallerie. Cedar, die Ceder. Celery, der Sellerie. Cellar, der Keller. Census, der Census. Cere'mony, die Ceremonie. Chaos, das Chaos. Character, der Charakter. Charade, die Charade. Chocolate, die Chocolade. Cigar, die Cigarre. Circle, der Cirkel. Circulation {Com. and Chem.) die Circulation. Civilization, die Civilisatidn. Class, die Classe. Clear, klar. Coal, die Kohle. Coffee, der Kaffee. Cold, kalt. Colony, die Kolonie. Come, kommen. Comet, der Komet. Compass, der Compass. Competent, adj., competent. Jomposition, die Composition. Concert, das Concert. Concur {Com.), concurriren. Concurrence {Com.), die Con- carrenz. Concurrent {Com.), der Con- current. Condole, condnliren. Condolence, die Condolenz. Constitution, die Constitution. Constitutional, constitutionell. Consult, consultiren. Contrast, der Contrast. Controversy, die Controverse. Cool, adj., Ktihl. - Cool, v., kuhlen. Copy, die Copie. Coral, die Koralle. Corn, das Korn. Correct, correct. Correspond, correspondiren. Correspondence, d.e Correspon- denz. Correspondent, der Correspon dent. Cost, die Kosten, pi. Cost, v., kosten. Credit {Com.), der Credit. Credit, v., creditiren. * Cress, die Kresse. Crisis, die Krisis. Crocodile, das Krokodill. Crumb, die Krume. Crust, die Kruste. Crystal, der Krystall. Culture, die Kultur. Cure, die Kur. , Cure, v., kuriren. Dahlia, die Dahlia, Dance, der Tanz. Dancer, der Tanzer. Deck, das Deck. Declamation, die Declamatidn Define, definiren. Definition, die Definition. Demonstration, die Demonstra tion. Desert {Mil.), desertiren Detail, das Detail. Dialect, der Dialekt. Diamond, der Diamant. Diction, die Diction. Dimension, der Dimension. Direct, direct. Discussion, die Discussi6n. Doctor, der Doctor. Document, das Dokum^nt, Drama, das Drama. Dramatic, dramatisch. Dream, der Traum. Dream, v., traumen. Drink, trinken. Duel, das Du^ll. 2* ie FAMILIAL W0ai>6. Duet, das Du^tt Duplicate, das Duplicat. Ear, das Ohr. Earth, die Erde. Ebb, die Ebbe. Eccentric, adj., excentrisch. Echo, das Echo. Effect, der Effect. Effects, die Effecten. Egoist, der Egoist. Elastic, elastisch. Elasticity, die Elasticitat'. Electric/elektrisch. Electricity, die Elektrieitat'. Elegance, die Eleganz. Elegant, elegant. Elegy, die Elegie. Element, das Element. Elephant, der Elephant. Emancipation, die Emancipa- tion. End, das Ende. End, v., enden. Energy, die Energie. English, englisch. Enthusiasm, der Enthusids- mus. Epigram, das Epigramm. Epoch, die Epoche. Err, irren. Essence, die Ess^nz. Evident, evident. Experiment, das Experi n^nt. Extreme, das Extrem. Fable, die Fabel. Fall, der Fall. Fall, v., fallen. False, falsch. Familiar, familiar. Family, die Famiiie. Fanatic, der Fanatiker. Fanatic, adj., fanatisch. Fast, fest. Fast, v., fasten. Fat, das Fett. Fat, adj., fett. Father, der Vater. Feather, die Feder. Feel, fuhlea. Fell, fallen. Field, das Feld. Figure, die Figur. File, die Feile. Fill, fallen. Finances, die FinanzfeiL Find, finden. Fine, fein. Finger, der Finger. Fire, das Feuer. Fire, v., feuern. Firework, das Feuerwerk. Firm {Com.), die Firma. Firmament, das Firmament J'ish, der Fisch. Fish, v., fischen. Fisher, der Fischer Flag, die Flagge. Flannel, Flanell. Flax, der Flachs. Foot, der Fuss. For, fiir. P'oreman, der Vormann. Form, die Form. Fox, der Fuchs. Free, frei. Fresh, frisch. Frigate, die Fregatte. Frost, der Frost. Full, voll. Gall, die Galle. Gallery, die Gallerie, Garden, der Garten. Gas, das Gas. General, der Gener&l. Generation, die Generati6ii. Genius, der Genius, diis GaLle Geography, die Geograpni©. Geranium, der Geranium Girdle, der Giirtel. Glass, das Glas. God, Gott. Gold, das Gold. Good, gut. Granite, der Granit Green, grQn. Ground, der Grund. Group, die Grupp«. VAMmAR W0RH5 U Guest, der Gast. Guitar, aie Ouitarre. Hair, das Haar. Hammer, der Hammer. Hammer, v., hammerD.. Hand, die Hand. Hang, hangen. Hard, hart. Harmony, die Harmonie, Haste, die Hast. Hay, das Heu. Hazelnut, die Haselnuw Hearth, der Heerd. Hell, die Holle. Helm, der Helm. Help, v., helfftu. Hen, die Henne. Herd, die Heerde. Here, hier. Herring, der Haring. Honey, der Honig. j^ Horizon, der Horiz^n^r Horn, das Horn. Hospital, das Ho(»^i*^L Hotel, das Hotp!. House, das B'jlw. Humane, hun^.a^n. Humor, «ier "^umor. Humoript, der Humorist Hundred, hundert. Hunger, der Hunger. Hyacinth, die Hyacinths. Hyena, die Hyane. Ice, das Kis. Ice-hear der E.sbar. Icebei^, der Eisberg, Ideal, das Ideal. Ideal, adj., ideal. Identical, identisch. Idiom, das Idiom. Import, importiren. Importation, die Iraportati* !)n. Impulse, der Impuls. In, in. Income, das Einkommen. Infantry, die Infanterie. Insect, das Insekt. Insinuation, die Insinuation. Inspiration, die Inspiratioc. Instinct, der Instinkt. Instrument, das Instrnm^nt Interest, das Intcresse. Irony, die Ironie. Jesuit, der Jesuit. Jewel, das Juwel. Jovial, jovial. Keel, der Kiel. Kettle, der Kessel Kiss, der Kuss. Kiss, V kussen. Knee, das Knie. Knot, der Knoten. Labyrinth, das Labyrinth Lame, adj., lahm. Lame, v., lahmen. Lamp, die Lampe. Land, das Land. Land, v., landen. Lantern, die Laterne. Learn, lernen. Leather, das Leder. Legend, die Legende. Lemonade, die Limonadd. Leopard, der Leopard. Liberal, liberal. Lily, die Lilie. Limit {Com.), das Limitum. Limit, V. (Com.), limitiren. Line, die Leine. Lip, die Lippe. List, die Liste. Literature, die Literatu'*. Local, lokal. Localize, lokalisiren. Locomotive, die LocoinotJYA Logic, d'e Logik. Logical, iOgisch. Long, lang. Loose, los, lose. Lottery, die Lotterie. Lungs, die Lunge. Machine, die Maschine. Magnet, der Magnet. Magnetic, adj., magnetisch 18 FAMILIAR WORDS. Magnetism, der Magnetismus. Man, der Mann. Mane, die Mahne. Mantle, der Mantel. Manuscript, das Manuscript. Market, der Markt. Mask, die Maske. Mask, v., maskiren. Masquerade, die Mftskerade. Mast, der Mast. Master, der Meister. Master, v., raeistern. Mat, die Matte. Material, das Material. Matron, die Matrone. Maxim, die Maxime. Melody, die Melodie. Melon, die Melone. Metal, das Metall. Meteor, der Meteor. Method, die Methode. Microscope, der Mikroskop. Mild, mild. Mile, die Meile. Milk, die Milch. Milk, v., melken. Miller, der Miiller. Million, die Million. Mine, pron., mein. Minister (Pol.), der Minister. Minute, die Minute. Miss, v.f missen. Model ( ), das Moduli. Monarch, der Monarch. Monument, das Monument. Moral, die Moral. Moral, adj.f mor^lisch. Moralize, moralisiren. More, mohr. MmI, meist. Mother, die Mutter, Motto, das Motto. Mouse, Mice, die Maus, die Mause. Muff, der Muff. Museum, das Museum. Music, die Musik. Musical, musikalisch. Musket, die Musk^te. Muster, v., mustern. Name, der Nime. Narcissus, die Narcisse. Nation, die Nation. National, national. Nature, die Natur. Needle, die Nadel. Nerve, der Nerv, die Nerv^ Nervous, nervos'. Nest, das Nest. Net, das Netz. Neutral, neutral. New, neu. Next, nachst. Nine, neun. Normal, normal. North, der Nord. Nose, die Nase. Note ( Com. and Mus.), die Note Number, die Nummer. Nun, die Nonne. Nut, die Nuss. Obscure, obscur. Ocean, der Ocean. Offer ( Com.), die Offerte. Offer, V. ( Com.), offeriren. Often, Oft, oft Oil, das Oel. Old, alt. Olive, die Olive. Open, offen. Opera, die Oper. Operation, die Operation. Orchestra, das Orchester. Orient, der Orient. Original, das Original. Original, adj., origin^ll. Ornament, das Ornan)^nt% Oval, das Oval. Oval, adj., oval. Oven, der Ofen. Ox, Oxen, der Ochs, die Oc^ieik Oyster, die Auster. Pack, v., packen. Packet, das Packet. Pair, das Paar. Pair, v., paaren. Pamphlet, das Pamphlet. Panorama, das Panorama FAMILIAR WORDS. Id Panther, der Panther. Paper, das Papier. Parable, die Parabel. Parade, die Parads. Paradise, das Paradies. Paragraph, der Paragraph. Park, der Park. Parliament, das Parlem^nt. Parody, dio Parodie. Parody, v., parodiren. Patent, das Patent. Patriot, der Patriot. Patriotic, patriotisch. Pause, die Pause. Pearl, die Perle. Pedant, der Pedant. Pedantic, pedantisch. Perfect, perfekt. Period, die Periode. Permanent, permanent. Person, die Person. Perspective, die Perspective. < Petition, die Petition. Philosopher, der Philosoph. Philosophy, die Philosophic. Phlegmatic, phlegmatisch. Phrase, die Phrase. Physics, die Physik. Piano, das Piano. Pill, die Pille. Pistol, die Pistole. Place, der Platz. Plan, der Plan. Planet, der Planet. Plant, die Pflanze. Plant, v., pflanzen. Plantei, der Pflanzer. Plaster, das Pflaster. Poesy, die Poesie. Poet, der Poet. Poetic, poetisch. Pole {Geogr.), der Pol. Political, politisch. Politics, die Politik. Popular, popular'. Porcelain, das Porcellan. Port-wine, der Portwein. Positive, positiv. Postmaster, der Pjstmeister. Preside, prasidiren. President, der Prasii^nt. Press, die Presse. Press, v., pressen. Price, der Preis. Priest, der Priester. Prince, der Prinz. Princess, die Prinz^ssin. Principle, das Princip. Private, privat. Prize {Naut.), die Prise. Problem, das Problem. Process, der Process. Procession, die Procession. Proclaim, proclamiren. Proclamation, die Proclama tion. yr Profane, profan,/^eltlich. Professor, der Pi jfessor. Profile, das Profil. Profit, der Profit. Programme, das Programm. Prophet, der Prophet. Prose, die Prosa. Protest {Com.), der Protest. Protest, V. {Com.), protestiren. Psalm, der Psalm. Public, das Publikum. Pulse, der Puis. Pump, die Pumpe. Punch, der Punch. Quality, die Qualitat'. Quantity, die Quantitat'. Quicksilver, das Quecksilber. Bank, der Rang. Rat, die Ratte. Rational, rational. Raw, roh. Reaction, die Reaction. Rebel, der Rebelle. Receipt, das Recept. Reclaim, v., reclamiren. Recruit, der Rekriit. Reform, die Reform. Reform, v., reformireu. Reformation, die Reforin*tida Register, das Register. Religion, die Religi6n Religious, religioa'. ao FAMILIAR WORDS. Be rait ( Jom.), remittiren. Repair, v., repariren. Reproduce, reproduciren. Reproduction, die Reproduc- tion. Republic, die Republik. Reseda, die Reseda. Reserve (Mil.), die Reserve. Reserve, v., reserviren. Rest (remainder), der Rest. Revolution, die Rovolution. Rhine-wine, der Rheinwein. Rnyme, der Reim. Rice, der Reis. Ring, der Ring. Ripe, reif. Ripen, leifen. Rival, der Rivale. Roast, v., rosten. Roebuck, der Rehbock. Roll, Roller, die RoUe. Roll, v., rollen. Rose, die Rose. Round, rund. Saddle, der Battel. Salad, der Salat. Salary, das Salar'. Salt, das Salz. Salt, v., salzen. Saltpetre, der Salpeter. Sand, der Sand. Sand-bank, die Sandbank. Sanguine, sanguinisch. Sarcasm, die Sarkasme. Sarcastic, sarkastisch. Satan, Satan. Satire, die Saty're. Satiric, satyrisch. Scandal, der Skandal. Scandalous, skandalos'. Scene, die Scene. School, die Schule. Schoolmaster, der Schulmeis- Bculpture, die Sculptur. [ter. Sea, die See. Second, die Sek6nde. Seldom, selten. Send, senden. • Sensation, d ie Sensati6n. Series, die Serie. Set,-v., setzen. Shame, die Scham - Sharp, scharf. Shield, der Schild. Shine, der Schein. Shine, v., scheinen. Ship, das Schiff. Shoe, der Schuh. Shoemaker, dcF Schuh mftclitl Shovel, die Schaufel. Sickle, die Sichel. Side, die Seite. Sieve, das Sieb. Signal, das Sign&l. Silver, das Silber. Sing, singen. Sink, sinken. Sit, sitzen. Six, sechs. So, so. Social, socidl. Sock, die Socke. Soda, die Soda. Sofa, das Sopha. • Sole, die Sohle. Solid {Com.), solid. Son, der Sohn. Sonnet, das Son^tt. Sort, die Sorte. Soup, die Suppe. Sour, sauer. Sow, die Sau. Spare, v., sparen. Spear, der Speer. N/Specific, specifisch. -^/Specify, specificiren. Speculate, speculiren. Speculation, die Specaiatida Sphere, die Spharo Spin, spinnen. Spindle, die Spindel- Spinner, der Spinner. Spool, die Spule. Spring, v.f S})ringen. Stanza, die Stanze. State, der Staat. Statesman, der Staatsmann Station (R.R.), die Station. Statue, die Statue. FAMILIAR WORDS. 21 Siatate, das Statut. Steal, stehlen. Steel, der Stahl. Steel, v., stahlen. Still, still. Stone, der Stein. Stool, der Stuhl. Stork, der Storch. Storm, der Sturm. Storm, v.f stiirmen. Strand, der Strand. Strand, v., stranden. Strategy, die Strategic. Stream, der Strom. Stream, v., stromen. Strict, strict. Strophe, die Strophe. Student, der Student. Study, v., studiren. Style, dor Stil. Substance, die Subst&nz. Subtle, subtil. Sum, die Summe Summary, summarisch. Summer, der Sommer. Sun, die Sonne. Swan, der Swan. Swear, schworen. Swell, das Schwellen. Swell, v., schwellen. Swim, das Schwimmen. Swim, v., schwimmen. Swimmer, der Schwimmer Swindle, der Schwindel. Swindler, der Schwindler. Swine, das Schwein. Swing, die Schwinge. Swing, v., schwingen. Symbol, das Symbol. System, das System. Tact, der Takt. Tactics, die Tactik, Talent, das Talent. Tax, die Taxe. Tea, der Thee. Telegraph, der Telegraph. Telescope, das Teleskop, Temperament, das Tempera- ment. Ten, zehn. Tendency, die Tend^nz. Terrace, die Terrasse. Testament, das Testam'^ni Text, der Text. Thank, der Dank. Thank, v., danken. Theatre, das Theater. Theme, das Them a. Thick, dick. Thin, diinn. Thing, dag Ding. Think, denken. Thinker, der Denker. Thirst, der Durst. Thirst, v., dursten. Thorn, der Dorn. Thousand, tausend. Thresh, v., dreschen. Throne, der Thron. Tiger, der Tiger. Tin, das Zinn. Title, der Titel. Tobacco, der Tab^k. Toilet, die Toilette. Ton, die Tonne. Tone, der Ton. Total, total. Totality, Totalitat'. Transport, der Transport, Transport, v., transportiren Triumph, der Triumph. Triumph, v., triumphiren. Trivial, trivial. Trump, der Trumpf. Trumpet, die Tromp^to. Tulip, die Tulpe. Tumult, der Tumult Tunnel, der Turn: el. Turf, der Torf. Uncle, der Onkel. Uniform {Mil.), die Uniforni University, die Univers t.at'. Vacant, vacant. Verse, der Vers. Vignette, der Vignette- Violin, die Violine. Vulgar, vulgar'. 22 FAMIIilAR WORDS. Wagon, der Wagen. "Walnut, die Walluuss. Waltz, der Walzer. Ware, die Waare. Warm, aaj., warm. Warm, v., warmen. Warn, warnen. Warner, der Warner. Wash, das Waschen, Was^he. Wash, v., waschen. Wasp, die Wespe. ^ Water, das Wasser. Wax, das Wachs. Way, der Weg. Weather, das Wetter. West, der West. While, die Weile. While, v., weilen. W ide, weit. ^ \ld, wild. ^ ill, der Wille. 9 ind, dsr Wind Wind, v.,winden. Windy, windig. Wine, der Wein. Wineglass, das Weingia Winter, der Winter. Winter, y.,wintern. Wise, weise. Wit, der Witz. die Wolf, der Wolf. Wonder, das Wunder. Wonder, v., wundern. Wonderful, wundervUl. Word, das Wort. Work, das Werk. Worm, der Wurm. Wound, die Wunde. Wreck, das Wrack. Year, das Jahr. Young, jung. Zenith, der Zenitk £on«» die Sone. EXEBCISES. EXERCISES, CONSISTING PRINCIPALLY OF WORDS SIMILAB Df BOTH LANGUAGES. (The JEngUsh foUows the German literaUy ) Der Wolf ist wild. Das Lamm ist zahm. Die Maus im Haus ist scheu. Der Diamant ist der harte- ste Stein, [tall. Der Stahl das harteste Me- Meine Medizin ist bitter. Dieser alte Mann ist blind und lahm. Was ist dies und was ist das? Dies ist Eis und das IstGlas. Das Haus des Prinzen ist ein Palast. Hier ist Gold und Silber rar, Ich wasche Hand und Arm. Die Minute hat sechzig Se- kunden. Was kostet das Pfund Cbo- colade ? Das ist zu theuer. Wir warmen das Haus und wir kochen, mitKohlfeuer. Eine fette Henne legt nicht die meisten Eier in das Das Boot landete. [Nest. Das Schiflf* stranaete. The wolf is wild. The lamb is tame. The mouse in the house ii shy. The diamond is the hfl rdest stone, Steel the hardest metal- My medicine is bitter. This old man is blind and lame. What is this and what is that? This is ice and that is glass. The house of the prince is a palace. Here is gold and silver rare, I wash hand and arm. The minute has sixty seo onds. What costs the pound Qi chocolate ? That is too dear. We warm the house, and we cook, with coal-fire. A fat lien lays not the mosi eggs in the nest. The boat landed. The ship stranded. 24 EXE&OISES. Die Barke sank unter. The bark sank under. Alle Boote halten an dieser All boats halt at this land Landung. ing. Das Netz des Fischers hangt The net of the dsher bangi am Ruder. on the rudder. 1 ^as Wetter ist oft stUrmisch The weather is often stonny auf dem Ocean. on the ocean. Willst du dickes oder dun- Wilt thou thick or thin pa« nes Papier haben ? per have? Wir lernen Geographie und We learn geography and Arithmetik in der Schule. arithmetic in the schooL Mein Schulmeister gab mir The schoolmaster gave ma eine neue Fabel zum ler- a new fable to learn. nen. Die Studenten studiren La- The students study Latin. tein. Ein Mann von Talent, Takt, A man of talent, tact, am- Ambition und Energie. bition and energy. Der Poet macht Verse. The poet makes verses. Der Stil dieses Autoren ist The style of this author ia brillant. brilliant. Die englische Literatur ist (The) English literature \m reich an alten Balladen. rich in old ballads. Das letzte Pamphlet dieses The last pamphlet of thij Politikers ist sarkastisch. politician is sarcastic. Die Tf agodie hat fiinf Akte. The tragedy has five acts. Dies ist eine poetische Li- This is a poetical license. cenz. Der Buchbinder bindet das The bookbinder binds th€ IBuch. book. Das neue Buch ist in der The new book is in (the) Prosse. press. EeisteininteressantesWerk. It is an interesting work. Die Subscription fUr dief» The subscription for thii Werk kostet sechs Tlialor w >rk costs six doUaTi. iiXEKCISES. Lass uus das Concert iin Parke horen. [ne, Der Sanger sang eine Hym- Er sang zu laut, und oft fal- sche Noten. Die neue Oper ist vol! von charmanten Melodien. Der Offizier mustert die Re- kruten. Die letzien zelm vom Vier- ten Regiment. Alle Staaten der amerikani- schen Republik sind Frei- staaten. Das Haus und der Senat re- prasentiren die Nation. Let us the concert in th« ^ park hear. The singer sang a hymn. He sang too loud, and often false notes. The new opera is full of charming melodies. The officer musters the 'e emits. The last ten of the Fourth Regiment. All States of the American Republic are free States. The House and the Senate represent the nation. Das Gold war gestern hun- dert Prozent liber Pari. Die Bank circulirt Bank- noten. Der Banquier acceptirt, en- dossirt, discontirt. Dieses Haus importirt rohe Materialien. Jgt diese Firma solide ? Wir haben diese Waaren auf Credit, in Commission. The gold was yesterday hun- dred per cent, above par. The bank circulates bank* notes. The banker accepts, en- dorses, discounts. This house imports raw ma terials. Is this firm solid ? We have these wares ob credit, in commissioiv. Die Natur ist wundervoll, (The) nature is wonderful, immer frisch und immer ever fresh and ever young, Jung. Der kalte Winter ist vorliber; The cold win'er is over* es beginnt zu thauen ; Eis it begins to thaw ; icf un(lSchneeschmelzen;der and snow melt; thf EXERCISES. Windistm-lder; derEegen warm ; die Sonne scheint^* das Wetter ist klar; das Grasistgrun ; derHimmel blau ; Fink und Nachtigall singen im Busch ; Heerden von Oclisen und Klilien, Schafen u. Lammern gra- sen im Felde ; der Gartner pflanzt Rosen und Hya- cinthen,Salad,Sellerie und Spinat im Garten; der FarmerKorn undMelpnen im Felde ; die Nacht bringt nicht mehr Frost ; der Mor- gan ist nicht mehr so kiihl ; der Tag ist langer; der Sommer kommt ; Alles was Gott thut ist gut. Gk>tt ist allmachtig. Gott sei Dank. Alles neu macht der Mai, Macht die Seele frisch und frei. Eins, zwei, drei, Alt ist nicht neu, Neu ist nicht alt, Warm ist nicht kalt, Kalt ist nicht warm, Reich ist nicht arm, Bauer ist nicht sUsh, Hand' sind keine Fiiss', Fiiss' sind keine Hand', Der Gesang hat ein End. wind is milder; the rail warm; the sun ^shines the weather is clear ; the grass is green ; the heaven blue; finch and nighia* gale sing in the bush herds of oxen and cov - sheep and lambs, graj « in the field ; the garden r« plants roses and hya cinths, salad, celery and spinach, in the garden; thf' farmer, corn and melons in the field ; the night brings no more frost; the morn- ing is no more so cool: the day is longer; the summer comes; aU that God does is good. God is almighty. God be thanked. All new makes the M.by, Makes the soul fresL uni free. One, two, three. Old is not new, New is not old. Warm is not cold, Cold is not warm, Rich is not poor, Sour is not sweet, Hands are no feec, Feet are no hands, The song has an end. EXERCISES. 27 Wenn ich komm, bin ich When I come, I am here, hier, Wenn ich braue, hab' ich When I )rew, I have beer, Bier, Wenn icJi backe, hab' ich When I oake, I have bread Brod, Wenn ich sterbe, bin ich tod. When I die, I am dead. 1st meiTi Freund hungrig ? Ich habe guten Appetit. Was willst du haben ? Gib mir Brod und frische Butter. Ich bin mehr durstig als hungrig. Lass uns trinken. Was willst du trinken ? Gib mir ein Glas braunes Bier, das ist das beste. Trinkst du Wein oder Limo- nade? Bring mir Kaflee, Thee oder Chocolade. Ist Milch im Kaffee? Kann ich Fisch haben ? Die Fische sind nicht frisch, Hast du warme Suppe ? iCh habe eine gute warme Suppe. Ich will Salat mit Sellerie ; vergiss nicht Salz und Pfefler. Wer A sagt muss B sagen, Der ILunger ist der beste Korh. Is my fi end hungry ? I have good appetite. What wilt thou have ? Give me bread and fresh butter. I am more thirsty than hungry. Let us drink. What wilt thou drink? Give me a glass of brown beer, that is the best. Drinkest thou wine or lem- onade ? Bring me coffee, tea, or cho colate. Is milk in the coflee? Can I have fish ? The fish are not fresh. Hast thou warm soup? I have a good warm soup I will (have) salad with eel ery ; forget not salt and pepper. Who A says must B say. (The) hunger is the bes^ cook. 3* 28 EXERCISES. Hand w'dscht Hand. Stecke nicht den Finger in das Feuer. [pe. Sie stecken unter siner Kap- Fische woUen schwimmen. Ein Gast ist wie ein Fisch, Er ist nicht lange frisch. Stille Wasser sind tief. Heute roth, morgen tod. Wo Liclit ist, ist Scliatten. Jeder Tag hat seine Plag\ Auf Regen folgt Sonnen- schein. [tag. Es ist nicht alle Tage Sonn- Es ist nicht alles Gold was glanzt. Wer bringt, ist willkommen. Gut Ding will lange Weile haben. [er. Wenn der Apfel reif ist, f allt Erst musst du saen, Dann kannst du mahen. Mit dem Hute in der Hand kommt man gut von Land zu Land. Alles hat ein Ende. Ende gut, Alles gut. Gottes ist der Orient, Gottes ist der Occident, Nord und Slid, Firmament und Element. Wenn dieNoth am hochsten, ist Gott am nachsten. Lid)eGott vor alien Dingen. Alles was ist, ist recht. Hand washes hand. Stick not the finger in th« fire. They stick under one cap. Fish will swim. A guest is as a fish, He is not long fresh. Still waters are deep. To-day red, to-morrow dead Where light is, is shade. Every day has its plague. On rain follows sunshine. It is not all days Sunday. It is not all gold what glit- ters. Who brings is welcome. Good thing will long while have. [it When the apple ripe is, falla First must thou sow, Then canst thou mow. With the hat in the hand, comes one good from laud to land. All has an end. End good, all good. God's is the Orient, God's is the Occident, North and South, Firmament and Element. When the need the highest is God the nighest. Love God before all things All what is, is right. EXERCISES. 29 Baum f ttr AUe hat die Erde, Es ist nicht gut, dass der Mensch allein ist. Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brod allein. Wer nicht liebt Wein, Weib und Gesang, [lang. Der ist ein Narr sein Leben Helf dir selbstundderHim- mel wird dir helfen. Du musst Ambos oder Ham- mer seiu. lu den Ocean schifft mit tau- send Masten der JUngling. Es bildet ein Talent sich in der Stille, Ein Charakter in dem Strom der Welt. Komm was kommen mag. Gib mir die Hand, mein Le ben ! Was ist des Deutschen Va- terland ? Namen nennen dich nicht. Hier ist das Land wo Milch und Houig fliesst. Hier ist gut sein, hier lasst uns Hiitten bauen. 6ohn, da hast du meinen Speer ! Gib, Vater, mir ein Schwert. Ich fiihle eine Armee in meiner Faust. Die Sonne geht in meinem Staat nicht unter. Koom for all has the earth. It is not good that (the) mac alone is. Man lives not by bread alone. Who not loves wine, mfe and song, He is a fool his life long Help yourself and (the) heaven will help thee. Thou must anvil or hammer be. In the ocean ships with thou- sand masts the youth. There forms a talent itself in the stillness, A character in the stream of the world. Come what come may. Give me the hand, my life I What is the German's Fa- therland ? Names name thee not. Here is the land where milk and honey flow, Here is good (to) be, here let us huts build. Son, there hast th' u m% spear I Give, father, me a sword. I feel an army in my fist. The sun goes in my state aot under. 80 EXERCISEI^. Danp. ist die Welt meine Then is the world my oystei Austor, [nen. Die ich mil Schwert vdll off- That I with sword will 3pen Mein flerz ist im Hochland. My Jieart is in the Highland, Mein Heiz ist nicht hier. My heart is not here. Ich sass und spann vor mei- I sat and spun before my ner Thur, [mir. door, [me. Da kam ein junger Mann zu There came a young man to Mit den Lippen, mit den With the lips, with th€ Handeu, [den. hands, Will ich Grlisse zu dir sen- Will I greetings to thee send, Wenn du eine Rose siehst, When thou a rose seest, Sag, ich sende Grlisse. Say, I send greetings. Ich woUt es brechen, I would it break, Da sagt es fein, Then said it fine, Soil ich zum Welken Shall I to wither Gebrochen sein ? Broken be ? Du Ring an meinem Finger, Thou ring on my finger, Mein gold'nes Ringelein ; My golden (little) ring; Ich presse dich still an die I press thee still on ti*** Jiippen, lips, Dich still an das Herze mein. Thee still on the heart mine. Mein Herz ist gleich dem My heart is like the ocean, Ocean, [Fluth. [flow. Hat Sturm, und Ebb', und Has storm, and ebb, and Da hast Diamanten und Thou hast diamonds and Perlen. Deark. EXERCISES. 81 BiekamnitibrgolirnesHaar, She combs her golden hair, Sie kanimt es init gold'nem She combs it with a golden Kamme. [fee, Und dass so theuer der Kaf- Und dass so rar das Gold. comb. And that so dear the cofiee, And that so rare the gold. Ner Gold hat, der kann spe- Who gold has, he can specu* kuliren, late, Und wer kein^s hat, kann And who none has, can no- nichts riskiren. thing risk. Die Welt ist ein Orchesler, The world is an orchestra, Wir sind die Instrumente We are the instruments d^rin. therein. FUlltauf dasGlasund trinkt Fill up the glass and drink den Wein. the wine. Und danket Gott, so warm And thank God so warm(ly) als ich, [ke. as I, Fiir diesen Trunk Euch dan- For this drink you thank. Was soUen die Soldaten What shall the soldiers trinken, drink, Kapitan und Lieutenant? Captain and lieutenant? Den besten Wein, den sie The best wine that they find^ finden, [ken. Das sollen die Soldaten trin- That shall the soldiers drink Ich hatt' einen Kameraden, I had a comrade, Einen bessern find'st du A better findest thou not nicht. iVirsind die besten Freunde, We are the best friends, rrompeter und Musketier, Trumpeter and musketeer, Vier Arme, wenn wir strei- Four arms when we strike; ten. 82 EXERCISES. Zwei FUsse, wenn wir schrei- Two feet when we stride, ten, Ein Herz, wenn im Quartier. One heart when in the q aa» ter. Es reiten drei Reiter zum There ride three riders to ih> Thore hinaus. door out. Wer reitet so spat durcL Who rides so late through Nacht und Wind ? night and wind ? Biehst, Vater, du den Erl- Seest, father, thou the Erl» konig nicht ? king not ? Eine hungrige Henne fand A hungry hen found Einen feinen Diamant, A fine diamond, Und begrub ihn in den Sand. And buried it in the sana. Inmitten der Fregatte In the midst of the frigate Bteht fest der starke Mast, Stands fast the strong uKwt MitSegel, Flagg' un 1 Matte. With sail, flag and mat Fahre wohl, vergLss mein Farewell, forget me not nicht. Welcher Ring ist nicht rund? Which ring is not round t Der Haring. The herring. In welches Glas kann man In what glass can one if keiuen Weiu flilleii? wine fill? In da.« voile. In the full (one). Bist du gewahr, dass Konige Art thou aware that King? lange Hande haben ? long hands have? Es ware zu wUnschen, sagt It were to wish (be wished) Swift, dass sie so lange says Swift, that they 8C Ohren hHlten. (as) long ears had. PART FIR81. VOCABULARY. ®runbjal)len» Cardinal Numbm BuU. Nought. £in0* One. 3n>ei Two. 5Drct. Three. 93ier. Four. giinf. Five. (SC(^«. Six. ©tebeti* Seven. 3l^t. Eight. 9?eutt. Nine. 3e^n. Ten. eif. Eleven. 3tt>olf. Twelve. Dreijc^tt^ Thirteen. SSler^e^n> Fourteen. gimfae^tt. Fifteen. ©ec^gje^tt* Sixteen, ©tebje^n. Seventeen, ^t^tje^n* Eighteen.* S^eunae^tt, Nineteen. Bnjanjtg. Twenty. (£itt unb st^cinjig. Twenty-one. Sttjci unb jwanjig* Twenty-two. T^rci unb j^ttjan^ig jc Twenty -three, Ac 84 ORDINAL mJMBEES. ©in unb breigig. 2'(oti unt) bretfig jc. SSier^ig. ©tebjig. 9leutt3ig. ^uttbert. 3»et^unbert h, S:aufenb, eif^nnbert 3tx)olf^unbert 3tt)ei Slaufenb k» (Sine 9)?iIIion. 3t»ei ?!}iiIlionett, Thirty. Thirty-one. Thirty-two, &0. Forty. Fifty. Sixty. Seventy Eighty. Ninety. A hundred. Two hundred, An, A thousand. Eleven hundred. Twelve hundred. Two thousand, &c. A million. Two millions. Drbnung6ja^len. Ordiiial Number Dcr (bie, bag) dx^t. The first. jDer 3tt>^ttc. The second, Der Dritte. The third. Der 35iertc. ^ The fourth, and so on, by adding the termination t c. Der 3tt)anaigjle. The twentieth. Der ©in nnb jwanjtgfle. The twenty-first. t>tx Dreigigjle. The thirtieth. and so on, by adding the termination ft c. Der ge^te. The last. '£:n 25orIe^tc. The last but one. 1b\t ^atftc, ^)a(b. The half. 3:;ag i)rittct * The third. Da« SSiertct. The fourth, and so on, by adding the termination t c I. £)a« 3^fl^5tgflc(. The twentieth. t)a6 Drei§igjicl. The thirtieth. and so on, by adding the termination ftcL DIVISION OF TIME. 8^ Serj^tebene numer 5lu^bruc!e, ©in 9)aar, ©in Du^enb, t£in ®ro§. 3)?e^rere, (^tnjeln. Die ^U^xi^tiU mt Seibe. 3tvettett6. Drittctt^ :c. Der 2e|tere» Doppett, jn)eifa(^» Dreifac!^* and so on, by adding if^e Various Numerical Terms. A great number A pair A dozen. V gross. Numberless, innumerabW Several. One by one, single. Plurality. Both. First. Secondly. Thirdly, &c. The former. The latter. Double. Treble, threefold, the termination fa (3^* ©tnmaL Once. 3tt)etmaL Twice. BreimaL Thrice, three times, and so on, by adding the termination ma I. ©int^etlung ber 3ctt« ®itt Sa^r^unbert (w.) (Sin 3a^r (n.) ©in ©c^attia^r* ©in ^albja^r. ©in 3Siertelia:^r. ©in monat (m.) SSierjel)n Slage. ©ine S53o(^e. (i^in %a^ (m.) ©ine ©tunbe. ©ine ^albe ®tunbe» ©ine SSierteljlunbc. ©ine ^inutt. ©ine (P^ecunbe. Division of Iline A century. A year. A leap-year. Half a year. A quarter (of a year), A month. A fortnight. A week. A day. An hour. Half an hour. Quarter of an hour. A minute. A second. B6 DIVISIOB r OF TIME. Die 33ergangcn^elt The past. Die ®egenit)art The present. The future. Die Bufuttft, Sa^re^jeitett. The SeoBom. £)er grueling. Spring. !i:er sSommer* Summer. 5::er ^erbjl. Autumn. i:er SBittter. Winter. lit ?D?onate be^^a^ree* The Months of the Fe. gartuar (w.) January. Sebruar (m.) February. !»?drj (m.) March. Sl^ril (w.) April. «»?at (m.) May. Sunt im.) June. Suit (m.) July. ^ugufl im. (September (m.) October (w.) August. September. October. 9?o»ember (m.) November. December (w.) December. Die Slage ber 3Bo(^c. The Bays of the Weel (Sonntag (w.) Sunday. !]^otttag (m.) Monday. Diettjlag (wi.) Tuesday. SD^itttro^ (m.) Wednesday. Donnerjlag (w.) Thursday. greitag (m.) Friday. 8onnabenb (m.) Saturday gintbeilung bc« Slage^. IXvmon oj tne i/ay. Der ^orgeit. The morning. gWittag (w.) Noon. Der SSormittag* The forenoon. Der 9?a(^mittag» The afternoon. 3Der 5lbenb* The evening. Dct 2:a8, Daytime. HOLIDAYS. 8T Die *>i.i(^t ^cr (Sonnenaufgang. SDer ©cnnenuntergang, Die Ddmmerung, SSorgejlern. ®ejlern» ^eute. ^orgen. ttbermorgem ^eute liber ac^t 2^age. . |)eute iiber ^ierje^n 3:age. bitten Slag urn ben anberii. 'i:)a^ 3)atum. getertage, gejltage, 9Zeula^r^tag, gaftnacl)t Die gajiten, gaftenjeit S^arfreitag* Djlern, SBei^nad^ten* Dex ^eilige Slbcnb. Der Sa^re^tag, Der ©eburt^tag. The night. Midnight. Sunrise. Sunset. Twilight. Day before yesterday. Yesterday. To-day. To-morrow. The day after to-morrof This day week. This day fortnight. Every other day. The date. Holidays. New- Year's day. Carnival. Lent. Good Friday. Easter. Christmas. Christmas Eve. The anniversary. The birthday. Die 2BeIt Die (fclemente. Die ^uft. Daei geuen Die ®rbe. Da^ SBajTer. Der ^immet. Da25 f5irmament Der ^orijont Die (Bonne* Die (Sonnenjlra'^len. Der 5}?onb. Der 3Sot(monb. The Unwerm. The world. The elements. Air. Fire. Earth. Water. Heaven. The firmament. The horizon. The sun. The sunbeams. The moon. j?'ull moon. 88 THE UNIVERSE. Die (Sterne. @tn ^lantt ®tn kvmtt 'Die ginf^ernif, ftnfler. Tie Duntel^ett, bunM. £er (^^attnx,^ fc^attig. Die »g>il^e, |>eij;\ Die ^dlte, !alt Die SBdrme, voaxm. Die gtamme. Der gun!e. Der 9^au(^. Der Dampf. Sin 33Ii^, Da^ SBetterleuc^ten. Der Donner, bonnerm (^in Donnerfc^Iag. (Sine 2Bol!e, tpolfig. Dvie ^Better. Sin (55en)itter. Der SRegen, regnem din S-Ha^regen. Der SfJegenbogen. Der (B^mc, fc^neien. Sine ©t^neeflocfe. Sin (S^neeball, Der «g)agcl, ^agelm Der ^ebel, nebelig Der 3'^au. Da^ 3:t)aun?etter, tbauen Der grojl, frofiig. Der D^eif. Da6 Si^. Da0 (SJiatteia. Sin Srbbeben. Der 2Binb, n?inben, winbig. Die 2Btnb)lit(e. Der 5BtrbeIn>inb.- Sin (Sturm, l^iirmcn, flurmifd^. Sin Dxtan. Moonlight. The stars. A planet. A comet. Light. Darkness, dark. Obscurity, obscure The shade, shady. Heat, hot. Cold, cold. Warmth, warm. Flame. Spark. Smoke. Steam. Lightning. Sheet lightning. Thunder, to thunder A thunderclap. A cloud, cloudy. The weather. A storm. Rain, to rain. Pouring rain. The rainbow. Snow, to snow. A flake of snow. A snowball. Hail, to hail. A fog, foggy. Dew. A thaw, to thaw. Frost, frosty. Hoar-frost.^ Ice. Slippery ice (in the strceta) An earthquake. The wind, to blow ; windy. A calm. A whirlwind. A storm, to storm ; storwy A hurricane. THE UNIVERSE. J^eorgci*; £)^ East. mittag] @ut). South. S(benb; mt% West. TOtterna^t; ^J^orir. North. Der ©'taub. Dust. 3)er (5ant». Sand. gin (5tein» A stone. Der ©c^lamm. Mud. Sine 3)fu^e, A puddle. Da^ gejllanb. The continent (£tnc3nfeL • An island. ®ine ^albinfeL A peninsula. (£tn 33orgebirge, A cape. £)ae Ufer» The shore. •£)ie ^itfle. The coast. (Sine (Sbene, A plain. (£tn 3:baL A valley. (Sine^o^le; einc ^ro:tc* A cavern ; a grottiOii 3)a6 gelb. The field. £)er SBalb. The forest, woods. (£in 33erg, A mountain. Sin ^ugel. A hill. Sin geU. A rock. Sin 53ac^. A brook. Sin (S)trom* A great river. Sin gluj. A river. l:'te £^uet(e. The source. 5^ie 5J?unbung» The mouth. Dae Ufer. The bank ; the »howi Die ©tromung* The current. Sin ^ee. A lake. ^in Sleid^, A pond. &in crben (/.) Hordes. Die err. A gen^^lemau. Die ^inb^eit Infancy. Die 3u9cnb, Youth. MAS, 41 iDie mamhaxMU !Da0 mttx. Da^ ^t mttr, Der Slob, jierbeit, tob» Die JBemanbten, Die SUern. £)te SSorfa^ren, bte 5(^ttett» X)ie 5^ac^!ommett* !Der 25ater, Die ?^utter. Der ®rogi)aten Die ®rogmutter* D)er Urgrog»ater, Der @ttefttater» Die (B^nDiegermutter. Die ^inber» Der (So^m Die SToc^ter. Der ®n!eL Die ©nfelin. D)ie (5tieftO(^ter, Der 33ruber, Die @(^n?e|ler. Der (Sc^mager* Die Die ^(bcgen* Die ^anb, ^altett. Die gauj^» Der ginger, beru^ren. Der Daumen» Der 3^i9^ft'nger. Der 9}?ittelfinger. Bit 0ZdgeL Der 33ufcm Die 33ru|l. Der Unterleib* 'Du ©eite. Die ^niee, fnieeti* T)k Seine* Die gerfe. Der gu§, ge:^ett. Die 3^¥^' I)a^ ^erj, ftopft Die leunge, fd^opft 2uft Da^ 33Iut, circuUrt. Die Seber. Der ?D?agen. Der ©i^meif. Die 2^^rdnen. The neck The shoulders. The back. The arm, to embrace. The elbows. The hand, to hold. The fist. The finger, to touch. The thumb. The fore-fii^ger. The middle finger. The nails. The bosom. The chest. The abdomen. The side. The knees, to knee*. The legs. The heel. The foot, to walk. The toes. The heart, beats. The lungs, respire. The blood, circulates. The liver. The stomach. Perspiration. Tears. ^6rperli($e ©igenf(^af^ trx unb 2:^dtigfeiten, Dae £ac^en, lac^en. Da^ SBeinen, tpeinen. Dae 5lt^men. Der 5lt^em, at^men. £in (Seuftcr, feufjen. Dae ©(^luc^jen, f(^'u($3en. Dae SUk^tn, niegen. hunger, ^ungrig. Durjl, burjlig. Dae SBac^en ttjac^en, voaCii Conditions and Propertie9 oj the Body. Laughing, to laugh. Weeping, to weep. Eespiration. The breath, to breaihe. • A sigh, to sigh. (Sobbing, to sob. Sneezing, to sneeze. Hunger, hungry. Thirst, thirsty. Waking, to wake, awake 44 (CONDITIONS OF THE BODY. Dag (Sc^tafen, fi^Iafen. '£)a^ (Steven, jle^em !SDag (Si^en, fj^en. Dag ^iegen, liegen. Die 33ett)egung, Die S^u^e, ru^en* DU ^timme, ric d($c, fc^njac^. ©in jlarfer ^ann* ■@in f^lanfer ?!}?vann. (£ine i^arte Sonftitution. Sleeping, to sleep. Walking, to walk. Standing, to stand. Sitting, to sit Lying, to lie. Exercise, motion. Rest, to rest. The voice. Speech, to speak. Beauty, beautiful. Grace, graceful. Ugliness, ugly. Health, healthy. Illness, ill. Tallness, tall. Smallness, small. Bigness, big. Meagerness, meagre The appearance. The look^ the mien. The gait, carriage. The physiognomy. The complexion. Wrinkles. The figure. Strength, strong. Weakness, weak. A robust man. A slender man. A delicate constitution* 53erric^tungen beg ^opfeg. 5?? it ben 5lugen. 'e^e^en, bliden. S^rdnen tergiej^en. Die 5lugen offnen, pmac^en. Die 5liigen nicberfa)Iagen. etn md. Sin forfc^enber 23Iid. (£in (Btreifblicf. ©in 5lugcttt))in!. Function of the Head By the Eves, See, look. Shed tears. Open, shut the eyes. Cast down the eyes, A look. A scrutinizing glance. A glance, a peep. A wink. NORMAL STATE OF MAN. 41 ©Jjuren, riec^en. 9^iefctt einat^men, VJtit ben C^ren, .g>5ren, :^orc^en, VAXi f(^arfe^ D^r ^abcn, ^tn muftfaltfc^e^ D^r ^aben. ^artprig feiit* Wit bem !Runbc. Da^ 5lt|em^oIen, Sltj^men, feufjen* ©d^nen, blafcm Die (Sttmme, «'Sprc^en. ^aut, leife fprec^em gliiftern, fd^reien. ©ingen, fummcn. ^feifen, ^eulen, 9?abrung. Spn, betgen. 9^agen, tauen. Slrinfen, ©c^Iucfen, ^ojlen, f^me(fen» ©c^matf^aft finben. Scent, smell. Sneeze, inhale. By the Ears, Hear, listen. Listen to.. Have a quick or sharp eai Have a correct ear. Be hard of hearing. Bij the Mo'dh, Respiration. Breathe, sigh. Yawn, blow. The Voice. Speak. Speak loud, low. Whisper, cry. Sing, hum. Whistle, howl. Nourishment, Eat, bite. Gnaw, chew. Drink. Swallow. Taste. Savor, relish. I)cr ^f^ormal-Suflanb beg 5!}?enf^en» Der gefunbe SO?enfc^ i|l getft njo^Ibeletbt, ©tar!, tttager, J^ager, f(^Ian!, (Sjrog ober flein »on ©cjlalt ober ©tatur. Da« Slemperameut ijl Cifetgr ret^bar,. Normal State of Man, Man in a Sound State ifi Fat, corpulent, Stout, lean. Thin, slender. Tall or small in height oi stature. The Temperament is Sanguine, nervous. 46 MENTAL FACULTIES ©attig {d^sontlg, Bilious, ^altbliitig, flumpf. Phlegmatic. Die ®ef{(|t0farbe ijl 2%€ Complexion is 9idn, frifc^, bunfeL Clear; fresh, daik. !iDa« *&aar ifl The Hair is ©(^Jvarj, Braun, Black, brown, S3Ionb, rct^, Qxau, Light, red, gray, ©in iventg grau, Grayish, 2Bei§, gefrdufelt, White, curled, Di^t, n?otttg, !rau^, Thick, woolly, crisp, ©pdrlii^, bunn, feim Spare, scattered, fine, ^5r^erli(^c 33ctt)efiungett, Exercises, Die 2:urn!un|l* Gymnastics. T)a^ (Sc^mtmmett^ Swimming. $Da^ Saufett. Kunning. Da0 ®e^en. Walking. 2:)a^ e^cttett* Riding. !Da^ Sei^tem Fencing. ©a^ SLanjen* Dancing. 5Dae (Sc^Iittft^u^taufen. Skating. ©innc unb <5eelcnfrafte» The Senses and MetUal Faculties. Da^ ®efi(^t, fe^em The sight, to see. Da^ ®e^or, ^orert. The hearing, to hear. ©in ^^aU, man^. Der ©efi^mad, f(^me(fett» ^in ®ef4ma(f. A sound. The taste, to tasl*^ A relish, flavor. Der iirbig. Der Slrgttjobn, 33erba(^t; arf»/ n)0^mf(^, »erbd(^tig. Die ^joffnung, boffen, i^off^ nunggijotl. Die 3Serjtt)eifIung, i)erjn?eifeln, ijerjtreifelnb. ^ie greube, freubig. Die gro^Iid[)!eit, fro^. Dag SSergniigen. Der (5 corner J, f corner jti(^. Die 2>:aurig!eit, traurig. The understanding, to un derstand. A misunderstanding. Forgetfulness, to forget, for getful. Virtue, virtuous. Vice, vicious. Prudence, prudent. Wisdom, wise. Folly, foolish. Will, to will, willing. Judgment, to judge. Sagacity, sagacious. iVit, witty. Genius. Skilfulness, skilful. Awkwardness, aw^kward. Knowledge, to know Stupidity, stupid. Conscience, conscientiou«9„ Repentance, to repent. Imagination, to imagine An idea. Sleep, sleepy. A dream, to dream. Faith (belief), to believe. Astonishment, astonishing. Admiration, to admire, ad mirable. Suspicion ; suspicious. Hope, to hope, hopeful. Despair, to despair, deeper ate. Joy, joyful. Gladness, glad. Pleasure. Grief, grievous. Sorrow, sorrowftil. 48 MENTAL FACULTIES. j£)ie SBetriibniJ, betriiben, be* triibL 3)ie ^ebulb, gebulbig. ^ie Uttgebulb, ungebulbtg, !Dte S^re, e^ren, e^reni^ert^* X)er 3c>rtt/ jornig. ■Die 2But^, mtt^tnt. 3)er ©tola, jlela. 3Dte (Sitelfeit, eitel Der 3i^cifel, jn^eifeln, ^tiofifel* (£tn SBunfc^, 23erlangen, torn- f^en, »erlangen. Die Slapferfeit, tapfer, Die ^^eb^aftigfeit, ieb^aft, Die gurc^t, fur(^ten, furc^t- fam. Die geig^eit, feig. Die 3ag^aftig!eit, ^ag^aft. Der >Sc$re(fen, fcbredlic^. Die 5liig|l, dngiltic^. Die ^eiif^^eit, feufc^. Die ^dtiam, ftO^ f^cimeu* Da^ 9)^itleibett, bemitleiben, mitlcibig, Da6 9}?itgefit^(, mitfiiblen, mttfii^lehc» Die 33armbeqigfeit, barm^cr* Der (S^arafter. Die Saune, launig. Die ®efinnung. Die 5[)?einung. Die ^eibenfc^aft, (eibenfc^aft* lii^. Die ^tebe, tieben, l^ebli(^. Die B^rtlic^feit, ^artUi^. Die 9?eigung. Die 5lbneigung. Der ^ag, $ajTen, Die Sreunbfoiaft, freunbli(^. Affliction, tc aliiifi, filleted Patience, patient. Impatience, Impatient. Honor, to honor, bonorable. Honesty, honest. Anger, angry. Fury, furious Pride, proud. Vanity, vain. Doubt, to doubt, doubtful. A wish, desire, to wish, fyO desire. Boldness, bold. Bravery, brave. Liveliness, lively. Fear, to fear, timid. Cowardice, cowardly. Timidity, timid. Terror, terrible. Anxiety, anxious. Chastity, chaste. Shame, to be ash&raed. Pity, to pity, coiuj^aasio^^at^s Sympathy, to &fm^s,vhxu,, sympathetic. Mercy, merciful. Charactei. Humor, humoroua. Sentiment. Opinion. Passion, passionate. Love, to love, lovely Tenderness, tender. Inclination. Antipathy. Hatred, to hate. Friendship, friem^ilf INTELLECTUAL QUALITIES. u tit geinbfi^aft, feinblicb. Die ^tferfu^t, eiferfiic^tig, £)er 5?eib, beneiben, neibtf(^, JDie (S3emutl)6bctt)egung, Die Sftu^e, ru^ig. Der gleig, f(eij)tg. Die 33efc^eiben^eit, Befiteiben» Die Demut^, bemiitf)tg/ Die greigebigteit, freigebig. Der §3ei^, gei^ig. Die ®erec^tig!cit, gered)t. Die Danfbaffett, banfban Die ©raufamfeit, graufam. Die gaulbeit, faul. Die |)5fltc^!ctt, bofli($. Die Unboflic^feit, unpflii^. Der Setrug, betriigen, betriige- rif*, ©inc \^itge, tugen, Da^ ^nn-Dredben, Hostility, hostile. Jealousy, jealous. Envy, to envy, enriouB. Emotion. Tranquillity, tranquil. Diligence, diligent. Modesty, modest. Humility, humble. Liberality, liberal. Avarice, avaricious. Justice, just. Gratitude, grateful. Cruelty, cruel. Idleness, idle. Politeness, polite. Incivility, uncivil. Cheat, to cheat, deceitful A falsehood (lie), to lie. Crime. ©tijltge ^'igenfc^aftem Der ^Wanru^ott ^opf ift ifirf. An illness, ill. Pain, ache; to pain, to ache painful. An attack. Swoon, to faint. . The headache, violent The toothache. Dizziness, giddy. A cough, to cough, A cold in the head. Hoarseness, hoarse. A cold. A fever, feverish. The ague, to shake. Inflammation, inflamed. Consumption. Rheumatism, rheum atia Cramp. A wound, wounded. Cut, to cut oaeselfl MATERIALS FOR DRESS. 59 $)\t SSerrenfung, oerrenfen* <£tnt 9larbe. (£in (Sc^viben, f^merj^aft (£m ^u^nerauge,au^fc&netben X;te ^ant>^eit, blinb. Tie (^tummkit, jlumm, l^ie %axib\^nt, taub. i a? ©tammeln, flammeln* I it ^d^mung, la|>m, gin ^^riippeL •Die 3:idt, 3Dtdt fatten. ©in 9^ecept, »erf(^reiben» 5)te ^eilung, ^eilen. iDie (IJenefung, genefen. Sprain, to spraiu A scar. A sore, sore. A corn, to cut. Blindness, blind. Dumbness, dumb. Deafness, deaf. Stammering, to stumn.er. Lameness, lame. A cripple. Diet, to diet. A remedy, sure. A prescription, to presc ribe The cure, to cure. Recovery, to recover. Da^ ^ett, Itegen, fi^Uifen, T)k Btege. ^in ^opffiffen, t^ei^, ^art. Die Settbede, bebeden* Die 23etttud)er, relm Die ^Icitxa^t, A bureau. The drawers, to pulL A sofa, to lie. A footstool. A carpet, to lay. A mat, to spread. A clock, to wind up. A bookcase. A candlestick. A lamp, to light. A candle. The stove. The tongs. The shovel. The poker. The bed, to lie, to sleep. The cradle. A pillow, Foft, hard. The blankets, to cover. The sheets, clean. The mattress. Siix6^t unb belter Der ^erb. Die geuerung. Die 5lfc^e. Die 3unbpl^(^en. Sin ^^iigeleifen, biig^In. La^ ^iid^engefc^irr. ©in 3:opf. ©in Dedel. Der ^eiJel, peben. Die 5>fanne. Die ©ajTeroIe. ^in (Steb, [icUn, (^in ^crb» (Sine STajfc, ttott, leer. ©ine llntertajfe. Die ^affeefanne. '£)xt ^ajTcemiiblc, mablen. Die 3:beefanne. fitin ©imcr. Kitchen and Cellar, The hearth. Fuel. Ashes. The matches. A smoothing-iron, to irou The kitchen-utensils. A pot. A cover. The kettle, boiler; to ocU The pan. The saucepan. A sieve, to sift A basket. A cup, full, empty. A saucer. The coffee-pot. The coffee-mill, to grind The teapot. A bucket, pail. INMATES OF A HOUSE.— THE TABLE. 58 I)er 5Bafferjletn. ©in gag. dim glafd^e, offnen, Ztv Stoxt, 3)fropfen. •2)er 9)fropfenjie^er* (£tn ^rug, (gin ®Ia^. A dishcloth, to wipe. The sink. A barrel. A bottle, to open. The cork. The corkscrew. A pitcher. A glass. .f au^genoffen unb 33e* bienung. 1)tx ^au^^err. T)te ^au^frciu, gebtetet. ©ie |>au^l)dlterttt, ^dlt ^au^. Die (Srjte^ertn, erjte^t. Da6 ^ammermdbi^en, !e:^rt Der ^oc^, bie ^od|tn; fo(^en. Die SBdfd^erin, n)dfc^t. Der ^utfi^er, fd^rt. Der Sebtente, bebient. Der ^eUner, tt)artet auf. Die ?D?a9b, reinigt Die ?[)?iet^^Ieute, logiren. Inmates of a House, The master of the house. The mistress, commands. The housekeeper, keepi house. The governess, educates. The chambermaid, sweeps The cook ; to cook. The laundress, washes. The coachman, drives. The servant, serves. The waiter, waits on. The maid-servant, cleanH. Lodgers, to lodge. Da^ STafelgefc^irr. Dae 3:ifd)tuc^, legen. dint (Serviette, pfammente^ gen. ®in ®ebe(J, (n.) Dcr ZtUtx. dim ©abet. Dag 3}?eJTer, f(^netben. Da0 Slraufd&irmeffer, tranfc^i' ten. Dcr ^bffel. tEine ®ui)penfc^ujTcL The Table, The plate. The tablecloth, to lay. A napkin, to fold. A cover, a place. The plate. A fork. The knife, to cut. The carving-knife o carrt The spoon. A tureen. 00 DISHES (Sine Slaf^e, UxUn, entfor- 3:er ^rug, einc 3:affe, Itr ^fftg. Ta^ Del 5;a^ <5ala, fatten, faljig* 3)er 9)feffer, pfeffern, 2)er 3ucfer, A dish. The glass. The tumbler. A bottle, to cork, to unocik The pitcher. A cup. The egg-cup. Vinegar. Oil. Salt, to salt, salty. The salt-cellar. Mustard. Pepper, to pepper. Spices, to spice. The sugar-bowl. Sugar. ©eric^tc, 3Dte ma^l^dU Da^ grit^ltud, fru^ftitden. Da^ 5!}?tttag^e|7en, biniren* Sine (£rfrtfc^ung. Da^ 5(benbeiTem ®e!oc^te^, gebratene^ fjletf^. ©ebatf ene^, gebdmpfte^ gleif^* ^Tte (Suppe, auftragen. Dd)fenfkifd). Di^fcnbraten. 53eefj^ea!, gar, nic^t gar* Sine Bunge. talbfleifc!). ^aUi^cotelctg. Jg)ammelfleif(^. ^tne ^ammetfeule, Da^ Sammpeifc^. (^d^tveinefleifd), merger, fett. ©t^tnfcn, rcl), gefo(^t. (£ine SBurjl, gebratcn. gtne (2d)eibe, in (^ci^eiben fcbncibem Dishes. The meal. Breakfast, to breakfast. Dinner, to dine. Lunch. A refreshment. Supper. Boiled, roast meat. Fried, stewed meat. Soup, to serve. Beef. Roast beef. Beefsteak, well done, rare A tongue. Veal. Veal cutlets. Mutton. A leg of mutton. Lamb. Pork, lean, fat. Ham, raw, boiled, A sausage, fried A slice, to slice. BEVERAGES. (Si Jigpecf, fptden* Hin Ragout T)tx gtfd), frtf^, gefar-jen, Da^ SBilbpret, fc^arf gewurat iDa^ Q5ef(u0eL Die ®emufe» ^ ne 5>a|lete, I er yjutbing. Die tlofe. Lk 5^ubeln, Der (£ier!u(^em (i.m, ^art, n)eid^» ©er ^ac^tifc^, Da^ Sompot ©ingema^te^* ©ine 2:orte. Der ^uc^em ^efrorene^* Die Gutter, gefaljen, frif^* Der ^dfe. Bacon, to lard. A stew. Fish, fresh, salt. Game, highly seasoned. Poultry. Vegetables. Salad, to dress. A pie. The pudding. Dumplings. Vermicelli. The omelet. Eggs, hard, soft. The dessert. Preserves. Jellies. A tart. Cake. Ice-cream. Butter, salt, fresh. ® e t r d n ! e. 3)a^ SBaffer, ^t^itjaflfer. T)a^ ?!}?ineratmaffer. 5)a0 33ter, braun, n)ctf. Da^ 5I[e, bitter, ((^n^er. Der 5(pfein)ctn, fiig, krB» Der 2Qein, alt, neu, rot^, n^etf ^ Der (£^ampagner, fprubelnb. 5)er 33orbeaux, letc^t, Der 9)orttt)etn, fc^wer. ^ferp^mettt* Der Chaffee, f^mac^, jlarl. Der 3:^ee, f^trarj, griin. Die 'M^, ju|, fauer. Die ©a^ne, bicf. Die Sbofolabe. gemiir^t. i)k lOimonabe, !ii:^t. Der 5)unf^, ^ei§, !ctt. htx 53ranntmein. Beverages, Water, ice-water. Mineral-water. Beer, brown, white. Ale, bitter, heavy. Cider, sweet, hard. Wine, old, new, red, wllte Champagne, sparkling. Claret, mild. Port, heavy. Sherry. Coffee, weak, stroQg. Tea, black, green. Milk, sweet, sour. Cream, rich. Chocolate, flavored. Lemonade, cool. Punch, h ^t, cold. Brandy. 63 GRAIlf VEGETABLES, AND KITCHEN HERBij. ©etreibe, ©emiife unt > Grain, Vegetables^ ind ^u^enfrdutvf. Kitchen Herbs. •Da^ ^orm Corn. 5)cr SBetaen, Wheat. £)er S^oggen* Rje. Die ©eri^e. Barley. ^er ^g)afer» Oats. f)cr 5S)?at^; ba^ tiirftfi^c ^orn< . Maize. 3Der «Rei0. Rice. eftt ^raut (n.) An herb. Die ^artoffeL Potato. Die 33o()nen (/.) Beans. Die t»ei^ett 9^ubcn (/.) Turnips. Die rotten 3^uben. F'eets. Die gelbcn Sftiibcn ; bie mo))- Carrots. nn (/.) Die Sittfen (/) Lentils. ®rune (grbfen (/.) Green peas. Spinach. Der @pinat Der ^0^1, ba^ ^raut. Cabbage. Der 33lumenfo^L Cauliflower. Der iSpargel. Asparagus. Die 3)ajlina!en. Parsnips. Cucumbers. Die ^urfen (/.) ©aure ©urfen. Pickles, cucumbanr Der (Salat. The salad. Der ^attic^. Lettuce. Die ^reffe. Cress. Der 5[)?eerrettig. Hortje-radish. t)er dittti^, ba^ 3^abit^c^en. The radish. Die (S^tt?dmme ; bie S^am^ Mushrooms. ^jignott^. Die Slriiffeln. Truffles. Die 5)?eloue. The melon. Der ^iirbi^. The pumpkin. Der (Sellerie. Celery. Die ^eterfiUe. Parsley. Die amiebcln* Onions. Die ^JJiinje. Mint. Der ^noMauc^. Garlic. BEEAD.— FBUIT AND FRUIT-TREES. 6S £)a^ ^ortt tt)irb gcfdet, n?d(^ft ober ge^t auf, tt)irb reif ; e^ itJtrb gefi^mtten, jemd^t, ttt ©arbcn gebunben, ^ingefa^ren, gebrofi^en, gemaWen ; e^ liefert ba« mt% bte Meie. ^efen, (/.) Staffer unb (aatj tt>erbett bem ^t^U Beige* mif(^t, btefe^ tt)irb bann ge* fnetet unb bUbet ben 5letg, n^elc^er fi^njer, leii^t, ober bldtterig i)l. ^^ ge^t auf unb tvirb in ben Dfen gefc^oben; ea ivirb ge- 1)adtn unb ij^ bann Brob, (n.) ^au^badenbrob, ®c^n?arjbrob, SBeiprob, 5}?iId)brob, ^:8arfn)er!, (n.) ^ui^en, (m.) ©in Uib 33rcb ill alt ober fnf(^, 5lrume ober ^trujle^ (/.) ^eim 6 8UNDKY TERMS. ©in ©prowling, [m) A shoot. (&xn 3)orn, (m.) A thorn. Sin ©enjdd^^ A Vegetable felmt. germinates, fl.>^t auf, springs up, tt?dcl)|l, grows, cnti[t)irfelt ft(^, unb evjeugt develops itself, and produces tie 33Iumcn!no^pe; the flower-bud, bie 33lume, the flower, bie grucS^t, the fruit, ben (Samen, the seed. (Sine 33Iume ijl A Flower is a ufgeMii^t, opened, blown, entfaltet, in cotter 33Iut^e, expanded, full-blown, abgeblii^t, »ern)et!t, shed, withered, »ertrocfnet dried up. SSerf(^iebene 51 u^^ brutf e* Sundry Terms, ®tn 33tumen5n?ei9, (m.) A flower-sprig. Sine (S^rup^e Slumen, A cluster of flowers. Sin ^lumenge^dnge, (n.) A garland. Sin 33tumen!ranj, (m.) A wreath. Sin ^lumenftraui {m.) A bouquet, nosegay. Sin ©tro^^alm, (w.) A straw. Sin ®rae^alm, (w.) A blade of grass. SKteber auflebem To grow afresh. To become green. ©riinen. ©riinee, {n.) griinenb* Verdure, verdant. Dae; 2aubtt)crf, belaubt The foliage, leafy. - Sin ?aubbac^, (n.) A bower. 5?3ei(^er dia\tn. Soft grass. Sine 33Iume entbtdttcrm To pick a flower to pieces Dit SBIiitbejeit Flowering-time. Srnte, ernten. Harvest, to reap. 3)fliitfen. To gather. An nerbal. (^inc ^rduterfammlung* THK (;0UI«TIIY, FIELD, AND GARDEN. S? £)a0 2(inh, gelt) unt (i) a r t e n. T)\t I'anbilrage. ®in Vanf gut. (5lnc ®(^eune. ^in ©tall, {m. ©ine ^utte. (£{n ge(b. Unfruc^tbarer '-BoHn. gruc^tbare^ gelb* 3:)ie (Srnte. Sine 3[)1e^n)eibe. (Sine 3Biefe. Sin ^euf^ober* Sin Weinberg. Die 5Beinlefe. l£in gorjl. Sin 3Batb. (Sin 3)ar!. ©in Garten. Sin (^emitfegarten. ^in Dbftgarten. Sine ^ec!e. Sin ^uiBaua, {n.) Sine ©rotte. Sin (l^ebolje, [n ) Sin ^ufc^, (m.) Sine ^aube. T)a^ mttnmxt Sine 33aumgruppc. Sin 33tumenbeet. Sine Sinfaffung. Sin gugpfab, {m.) Sin ®ang, {m,) Sitt 9lafenpla^, (n.) 2%e Country, Field and Garden, The high-road. An estate. A country house, villA, A farm. A village. A barn. • A stable. A hut. A field. Barren soil. Cultivated land. The harvest. A pasture. A meadow. A haystack. A vineyard. The vintage. A forest A wood. A park. A garden. A kitchen-garden. An orchard A hedge. A summer-house. A grotto. A grove. A bush. Shrubbery. An arbor. Trellis-work. A cluster of trees, A bed of flowers. A border. A path. A walk. A lawn. 68 DOMESTIC ANIMALS AND BIBDB. SDcr SRafem ^in 3^a^mett, (wi.) (£tn ^ipnt, (ji,) •Der 33lumentcpf* Die ^cbmerbe. iter 3Dunger, Die .^afenerbe* The turf. A frame. A hotbed. A greenhouse. A hothouse. The flower-pot. Dung. Loam. Compost. Manure. Turf-mould. ^au^tn^re unb ja^- meg ©eftu.qeU Dag 9)ferb, n^ie^crt Dag giillen. Dag ^eitpferb. ©in S^lenner* Der £)^g, britttt. Die ^u^. Dag ^atb. Der ^aulefel, jlcrrifc^. Der Sfel, bumm. Dag ®c^af, blocfet. Dag ![!amm, fanft. Sine S^egc, medert. Dag 3idel, fprtngt, Wpft (Sine ^ai^c, miaut, fcl)nurrt, Der ^unb, beat, ^eult. Dag (Bdjmin, grunjet. Der ©_^n)an, fc^tvimmt. Der 5-H'au, ettel. <£lne ®ang, fc^nattert, wau fd)ett. Der ^rutbabn, foflert. (Sine (Ente, quacft. Sine 3:aube, c|trrt. Der ^af?n, fra^t. Dag ^ubn, bie ^enne, (jacft. Dag |)iibn^en. pipt. Domestic Animah and Bh dk The horse, neighs. The colt, filly. The saddle-horse. A race-horse. The ox, bellows. The cow. The calf. The mule, stubborn. The ass, stupid. The sheep, bleats. The lamb, gentle. A goat, bleats. The kid, gambols. A cat, mews, purrs. The dog, barks, howls. The pig, grunts. The swan, swims. T\ie peacock, vain. A goose, chatters, waddiet The turkey, gobbles. A duck, quacks. A pigeon, dove, cooes. The cock, crows. The hen, cackles. The chicken, pip!3. THINGS RELATING TO MAMMALIA. 6d (£ier legem Die iiitv, (w.) Die ®c^ale» ©in frifc^e^ ®i ®tn faule^ ®i» ©ine (Sifc^ale, Da^ SBeiJe, ba^ ©elbe t>om ®t» Da 6 33riiten. Idi 5lu6!riec^en> ^ine 33rut The nest. To lay eggs. The eggs. The shell. A new-laid egg. A rotten egg. An egg-shell. The white, the yolk c fan egg The setting. The hatchmg. A brood. SBitbe ftferfugigc SI ^ i e r e, Der 33dr, Brummt. Der SBoIf, ^eult. Der Su(^^, fd)tau. Der |»irf(^, bae ®en)ei:^* i:)a^dit^*) fc^eu. Sine ®emfe, flettert Der ^afe, furc^tfam. Der nm, hxMt Der (Elephant, ber Sf^iip. Da^ ^aninc^en, fnaupelt. Da^ ©it^^ornc^en, nagt. ©ine e^atte* Sine 5Q?au^. (£ine glebermau^, Minb. Wild Quadrupeds, The bear, growls. The wolf, howls. The fox, cunning. The stag, the antlers The deer, roe ; shy. A chamois, climbs. The hare, timid. The lion, roars. The elephaot, the trunk. The rabbit, nibbles. The squirrel, gnaws. A rat. A mouse. A bat, blind. 3u ben (Sduget^ieren ®e:^i?rige^. Der diix^ti eine^ (S(^n)etne^. Da^ 5S)?aut eine^ ^unbea. Die 5D^d:^ne eine^ 9)ferbeg^ Die ^anjd^ne be^ ©ber^. Lit ^alenjd^ne eine^ ^unbe^* Dag ^orn eine^ Deafen. Dag (Btmit) beg >&trf(^eg. Dag 5D?auI eineg g)ferbeg» Der O^ac^en. Der atiiffel tinc^ (Sle^j^anten, Things relating to Man^ mcUia. The snout of a pig. The muzzle of a dog. The mane of a horse. The tusks of a wild boar. A dog's fangs. The horn of an ox. The antlers of a deer. The mouth of a horse. The mouth ( for any animal) The trunk of an elephant. 70 WILD BIRDS. — THINGS RELATIVE TO BIRDS. gine ©c^af^eerbe. (lint 33ie^^eerbe. Die SBofle etnea (s^aafe^. Die 33or)len eine^ ^c^weine^* Die ^aut etne^ 9)ferbe^, Die gaut, ba^ geL Der ®(^manj. Die 2:a|ett, ffottn, (/.) Die ^ufe eine^ 9^ferbe^. 'l)u ^lauen einer ^a^t. Der ®ang ber 3^Mere* Da^ ^duten. A flock of sheep. A herd of cattle. The wool of a sheepi A pig's bristles. The coat of a horse. The skin. The tail. The paws. A horse's hoofs. The claws of a cat. The gait of animals. Moulting. SBilbe SSdgct Der 9^aubi)0gel. Der 5{bler, f^arfTti^tig. Der galfe, Sine (Eule, |)euU, f^reit, Der ;^ S^ot^fe^Ic^en, jirpt Der gin!. Der 3«un!5nig» Der ^olibri, bummt. Der ^anarienooget. Der Sperling; \ J«^^^f*"«^ Cer S^apaget, gefc^njd^ig. Wild Birds, The bird of prey. The eagle, keen -sighted. The falcon. An owl, hoots, screeches. The stork, clappers. A raven, croaks. The pheasant. The partridge. A snipe. A quail. A turtle-dove, cooes. A blackbird, whistles. A lark, warbles. A nightingale, sings. The redbreast, chirps. The finch. The wren. The humming-bird, hum* The canary. The swallow, ) ; The sparrow, j The parrot, talkative. 2luf 9559el 33ejugtic^e«. Der ^amm beg ^a^ne^^ Der a^tt^, lie (Seepf^e, gtogen, ed)uppen, {/.) Der 2Baaftfc^» Die !l}?a!rele, Der faring. Die (SarbeUe, (Sarbine* Die @(^ilb!rote» Der Rummer* Die ^rabbe. Die 5lujler, Die 5)?ufc^eL Die gtu^fifc^e* Der ^alm, 2a(^e» Der ^e^t Der ^arpfen* Die goret(e» Der 3laL Der 33arf(^» Der miLX\i\^. Der ©tint Der ^rebe. The feathers. The down. The tail. The feet. An eagle's talons. A cock's spurs. Fishes, (/.) Sea-fishes, fins, scalea. The codfish. The whale. The mackerel. The herring. The anchovy, sardine The turtle. The lobster. The crab. The oyster. The muscle. River-fishes. The salmon. The pike. The carp. The trout. The eel. The perch. The shad. The smelt. The crawfish. SBiirmer unb Snfeften. Die ©(flange, Aifd)eU, rinaelt Die ^tapperfc^tange, flappcrt. Die ^rote» Der grofrf), auacft. Die ©ibec^fe. Der 33tutege(, faugt. Der 2Burm, friec^t. Der ©eibentrurm, fptnnt. Die 3^aupe, 9)iip»c, (/.) - Reptiles and Insects, The serpent, hisses, coila The rattlesnake, rattles. The toad. The frog, quacks. The lizard. The leech, sucks. The worm, crawls. The silkworm, spins. The caterpillar, chrysalia 72 MINERALS. !Der ©ragl^upfer, ^itpft Die ^tene, Stenenj!o(f, (m.) SDte SBefpe, 2Befpenneft, (n.) J)ie ^orniffe, fttc^t jDie Drof)ne» I)ie Jpeufc^reife* Der Scl)inetterUtt9» ■r>ie ffianje, 3)ie 2lmeife, Slmeifen^ciufen* Die (Sc^uafe, beigt Die ^ottt, frigt Die gliege, fummt Die (Bpxnm, ^ipinntUQitttlt. Die ©c^necfe. Der heifer. The grasshopper, hops The cricket, chirps. The bee, bee-hive. The wasp, wasp's nest The hornjt, stings. The drone. The locust. The butterfly. The bug. The flea. The ant, ant-hill. The gnat, bites. The moth, eats. The fly, buzzes. The spider, cobweb The snail. The beetle. 5DM n e r a n e tt. Va^ (£rj. Da^ ®olf. Da^ ©ilber. Da^ ^upfer. T)a^ Sifett. Der (Bta% Da^ Slei. Da^ Bin!. Da^ £imd\imx. Da^ 3tnn. Dae 33le(^. Da^ 5J?eff{ng. Die ^ronje. Der M)at Der Diamant Der ^ntaracib. Der 3^ul6itt.^ Der tt)irtb. Der 3un)etter. Der (Sc^loiJer, feilt. Der 5!}?aurer, baut. Der ^J^iitter, ma^tt. Die 9)u^mac^ertn, mad^t ^iite. Der 5}?uft!aUen^dnbIer. Der 2:a!pejtrer, tapejtrt Der ^auftrer, ^aufirt. Der Sajltrdaer. Der ^upferjiic^^dnbler. Der erfett. (£tn Slutor, 55erfaffer» (£in S^emifcr, anaU))lrem Sin Somponift Sin 3:anameijier, tanjen, Sin 3fi^narjt» Sin 3Doctor, Sin Sngenieur. Sin ©raueur, gra»iren» Sin «g)i)l:ori!er, bie (Defd^ic^te* Sin Dolmetf^er, Sin ^Ibtjofat, ba^ (i5efe^» Sin ?itl)ograpt Sin mn^ikx. Sin i^aturforfc^er. Sin S^etner. Sin 9}?aler, malem Sin ^J»^ilofop^, Sin ^^otograp:^* Sin 5lrat, feilen* Sin X)ic^ter. Sin 9)rebioier, prebigen. Sin |)rofeffon Sin (Sc^ulmeifler, le^rem Sin ^ilb^auer. Sin SSunbarjt, amputiren* Sin ^oljfcftneiber* (£ttt ©c^riftjleller. Literary and Professional Men, An actor; an actress; tc play. An architect, to design. An artist. An author. A chemist, to analyze. A composer. A dancing-master, to dance. A dentist. A doctor. An engineer. An engraver, to engrave. A historian, history. An interpreter. A lawyer, law. A lithographer. A musician. A naturalist. An orator. A painter, to paint. A philosopher. A photographer. A physician, to cure. A poet. A preacher, to preach. A professor. A schoolmaster, to teach. A sculptor. A surgeon, to amputate. A wood-engraver. A writer. S©ettlt($e SBiirben. Sin ^aifer ; eine ^aiferin. 5Der ^onig ; bie itihtigin. Sin Sr^erjog ; eine Sr^^er^O' gin. 6in ©rof^cr^cg; eine ®ri>f' ^erjocjin. Jj&itt^eraog; eine ^erjogin Secular Dignities, An emperor; an empress. The king; the queen. ' An archduke; an arch duchess. ■ A grand-duke; a grand- duchess. A duke ; a duchess. 7* 76 ECCLESIASTICAL DIGNITIES. — TRADE. (EtnSJrtnj; eine gjrinjefftn, 5Der ^ronprtna; bie ^ronpnn- (£tn 9)rdftbent Sin a^air. Sin Senator* Sin 5lbgcorbneter ; ein ^oiU" ^ertreter» Jin ©raf ; eine ©rdfim Sin grei^err; eine Sreifrau. Stn Sbelmann, Sin iWini)!ei, Sin (?'taat6fe!retar» Sin ©efanbter. Sin @tatt^aIter5®ou»erneur. Sin ^tommanbant Sin 33e»o(lmdc^tigten Sin SlOgefanbter* Sin ^Rcfibent. Sin ScnfuL Sin 33eamter, A prince ; a princesS: The prince-royal ; the prin- cess-royal. A president. A peer. A senator. A deputy ; a membei of Par liament. An earl ; a countess. A baron ; a baroness. A nobleman. A minister. A secretary of state. An ambassador. A governor. A commandant. A plenipotentiary. An envoy. A resident. A consul. An official. ©eijllic^e SBiirben. SDer 9)ap|l. Sin ^arbinal. Sin Srjbif^of, Sin 33if^of. Sin mt Sin ^farrer ; ein 9)ajlor. Sin 3)riejler. Sin l:aptan. Sin ®ciplid)er. Sin 5}?on^. Sin ^aienbruber. Sine 9?onne. Ecclesiastical Dignitie$, The pope. A cardinal. An archbishop. A bishop. An abbot. A vicar. A priest. A chaplain ; a curate. A clergyman. A monk. A lay-brother. A nun. '£)er J^anbeu ^anbet ifl ^Ilee xo^i "^nm ]^at auf ©efc^dft (n.) QSerfebr, (m.) iJBe^fel, [m,) Trade, Commerce is all that U cot nected with Business, Traffic, Exchange, TRADE 25erfdufc, (m.) gaBrifatur, (/.) bett Umfa^ »on Slrtifelu in Un,hk einen gen^iffenSBert^ ^(ibtn ; biefe jtnb ®elbe^n)ert^, (w.) {n.) ^ixn^t irtrb oft bur(^ anbere n)ert^|abenbe (Sateen reprd* fenttrt, n>el(^e ^etgen 9)apiergetb, (n.) (^c^ulbfc^eine, {m.) SBert^, (w.) 5tctien, (/.) S3an!noten, (/.) ta^ ®runbca:pitat, (S:oupon^, (m.) Slntretfungen, (/.) 2Bec^feI, (m.) Zxatttn, If.) ben?eglt(^e ©liter, (n.) Dbligationen* (/.) (g){e ftttb jablbar an ben Sn* ^^aber bet ©{(^t, auf SSerlangen, toenn fdmg, [(/.) mit, o^^ne Sntereffen (3infe*0/ na^ gefe^Ii^em Bin^fuf ♦ ©in (S($utbf{^ein tvfrb unterfi^rieben, tttborftrt, bi^conttrt, bcgebem JSales, Manufactures, the circulation of the ob- jects of ordimary con- sumption. It is conducted by means oi signs having a nxed va]ue which are called Money, coin. Cash, Monetary value, Money, cash. Money is often replaced by fictitious values, which are called Paper money. Value in paper, Commercial value, Shares, Bank-notes, Stocks, Coupons, Notes, scrip. Bills of Exchange, Drafts, Effects, Bonds. They are payable to tb€ bearer at sight, on demand, when due, with, without interest, at legal interest. A Note is subscribed, indorsed, discounted, negotiated. 78 THADE. (Sine Zxattt wtrb acceptirt, nic^t acceiJtirt, burc^ ben ©c^ulbner, (w.) SnbojTentcn, (m.) Oer Umfa^ tton 3SaIuien tt)trb SBed)feI^anbeI genannt gr tx)irb an ber Sorfe ^etrte* ben »on SBet^felmdflern, n?el(^c fie entn?eber uhcv ober unter JJari ubertragen* T)it SSer^anblung »cn2Baaren, (/.) ©litem, (n.) ^robucten, (n.) n)irb burc^ ^atUx getrieBen, ^ommifrtondre, (w.) 6:a^ttatt|len, {m.) Sant^atter, (w.) Di0conto, (m.) SDa^ ?D?etatlgelb» .^anbeteleute. ^aufleute, gabrifanten, (m.) Der ^anbel tt)trt getrteben tm ®ro§en iinb ^leinen; gegen Saarja^Iung, (/.) auf Srebit, auf gefe^te 3ett, mtt, o^ne iDi^conto* mn !)}?ar!t, (m.) ^In ^afen, (m.) tin (£onH)toir, (».) A Draft in drawu, accepted, refiised, protested, acquitted, by the debtor, indorser The settlement of vj luo if called Stock-jobbing. It is carried on at tli€ Exchange by Stock-brokers, who transfer them tithex above or below Par. The Negotiation of merchandise, goods, products, is conducted by brokers, commission agents. Capitalists. Bankers. Discount. Specie. Traders. Merchants. Manufacturers. Commerce is condiiote(i, wholesale and retail, for ready money, cash, on credit, payable within a given pe riod, with, without discount. A market. A port. An office. MERCHANDISiv. 7S gtn ^Wa^ajtn, (n.) ©in Saben, (m.) 1)cr 25er!auf tt>trb »Ott 9)crfo- nen getrieien, bie etnen 5ln^ t^eit in bem (S^efcfedft ^a^en (SL^eil^aber)* (^e^mlfen, (m.) 2abenmdbcf)en, (r*.) ^anblunggbiener, (m.) S^eifebiener, (m.) Sine »g>anbeUi)erMnbung» ^dufer, (m.) 0tegeImd§ige ^unben, (m.) ©elegentli^e ^unben* A warehouse. A store. The sale is conducted by persons having an interefil in the concern, (Partners.) Assistants. Shop-girls. Clerks. Commercial travellera A connection Purchasers. Regular customers. Chance customers. Tjh 2Baaren Ttnb ®in^etmtf(^, au^Idnbifc^, ro^, fabricirt, e(^t, rein, »crfdlf(^t, gemtfc^t, . befi^dbigt, tterftc^ert, patenttrt, garantirt, na^gema($t, ^erboten, cingefc^muggelt inn, (w.) 33erhift, (w. priced, to be sold, at the price current, to the highest bidder, by auction, at a reduction, by weight, by measure, by the piece, by the pair, by the dozen, by the gross, by the hundred, by the thousand. The merchant derives by H profit, benefit, gain, loss. Die 33iic§er. T)a^ 3ournat, Slagebui^, ba^ (Saffabuc^, ba^ ^,opkhvid), ba^ 2Be(^felconto, bae ^auptbud), bie 9?ebenbiic^er, bie laufenben 3^ed)nungen, (/.) bie 53ilan5en, (/.) ba^ 3n»entarium, gcpren jur 33uc^^altung. £ie bienen baju, ben Unter* fc^leb sn)ifc^en ben 5lcti»- • unb 'jPafrt»*ffnung6lo«. The Books, The journal, the cash-book, the correspondence-book, the bill-book, the ledger, accessory books, accounts current, balances, inventory, form book-keeping. They serve to distinguish •the assets from the debta and determine tl^e posi- tion. The position is good, prosperous safe, solid, doubtful, bad, desperate. VART0U6 MERCANTILE EXPRESSIONS. 8: Da6 ^au if! ^a^Iungeunfd^tg, Der ^aufmann legt cine 23t- fafltrt, ma(^t ^Ban!erott, bittet urn S^^^, cine gnjlijerldngerung, er^dlt etne 33ef(^eintgung, la^t na4 unb nac^ (in 5ler- minen), iibergiebt fein (53efd)dft ben ©uratoren ber 9^?affe, unb lahit ^imbcrt present, or^ in »oE» The house is solvent, insolvent. The tradesman filea schedule, fails, becomes bankrupt, asks for time, a postponement, obtains a certificate, pays by instalments, transfers his business to trustees, and pays 100 per cent., or, in full. SSerfc^iebene Slu^brutfe* ©in Jpanbel^^au^, {n.) ^tne ^anbeiegefet[f($aft ^im girma. (£in 53e»c{Imd(^tigter, [m ) (£in (gtelli^ertretcr, (m.) ^in ®efcl)dft^fu^rer, (m.) (£in l^ireftor, (m.) Sin Slbmittiflrator, (m,) ©in biCigcr (£tn!auf. ©in ©inlauf, (m. ) ©in ©ortiment, (w.) ©ine 5^robe» ©ine 5lu^jlet[ung. i&anbeln. Ueberforbern. 5(blaffen, Slu^ ber jn^eiten-^anb faufen, 5)ur(^ 3iif^^ faufen* ©inen Mauff chitting geben. ©tn?a0 in ben ^auf geben. ©ine 5^rdmie. ©ine ©cmmiffiott. Various Expressions^ A commercial house. A partnership. A firm. A proxy. A legal representative A manager. A director. An administrator. A bargain. A purchase. An assortment. A sample. A show of articles. . To bargain, haggle. To overcharge. To abate. To buy second-hand. To buy by chance. To pay for refusal. To give something into th« bargain. A bonus. A commission S2 NAVIGATION Sine SSerlabung* (£ttte SSerfenbung, ©ine gactur, ©ine 3ftec^ttung» Sitt gra^tbrtef, (m.) £ttie ^ote. ©tnc 5(nmer!ung» (£tn gretjettel, (m.) X)er Sbgang* ^te Uttfoftett, SDer 2$orf(^uf , 5)ie ^aunu A shipment. A dispatch of gcoda An invoice. An account. A way-bill. An account. A letter of advice, A memorandum. A permit. The waste. The expenses. Money in advance. Carriage-expenses. Arbitration. Damage to goods. fa^rt Dieglotte. (£ttt ga|)rjeug, (Sd^iff. Sine 33ar!e. ©itt ^a^n. (£itt Dampffi^tff, Dampfboot. ©ttt (Sc^raubenbampfer. Sin ^rieg^fc^tff. Sine gregatte. Sine ^anaerfregatte. din ^auffa^rer. Die ^cgel. I)a0 3Serbetf. ^er 5[}?a^ ber ^awptmai Die ^ajiite. Die giagge. Da^ (Steuerruber. Dag Stuber. Dag ^lauwerf. Dag 2:au. Dcr Slttfer* Dcr ^ompaP Navigation, The fleet. The navy. A vessel. A barge. A boat. A steamboat, steamer* A screw-steamer. A man-of-war. A frigate. An iron-clad frigate. A merchant-vessel. A fishing-boat. The sails. The deck. The mast, the maiama«t The cabin. The flag. The helm, rudder. The oar. The rigging, cordage. The rope. The anchor. The compass. ABMY AND AMMUNITION. Die ^abung. Die grac^t. Sin 5lbmiraL Der Sommobore, Ter S:apitdn. ter lieutenant i^ir (Seecabet £)ie 'Matxo^m. 3Da6 ©c^iff^ijolt (£in ©eemann* (£in :2ootfe. Der (Sc^ipruc^. Der Seui^tt^urm, Der ^afen. The ballast. The cargo. The freight. An admiral. The commodore. The captain. The lieutenant. A midshipman. The sailors The crew. A seaman. A pilot. Shipwreck. The light-house. The harbor. ©olbatenftanb unb ^rieg^bebarf. Die 5lrmee. Der General, commanbiren. Der (SJenerattieutenant Der (S^eneralmajor. Der Srtgabier. Der Dberfl. Der Dberpeutenant i Der 9J?aior. Der ^auptmann. Der lieutenant Der Duartiernteifler. Der gelbti^ebet Der Unterofftjier. Der ®oIbat ererciren. Der 3:ambour, trommetn. ©in S^egiment marf(^iren. ©in Sataillon. ©tne ©ompagnie. ©in ®Ueb. Da$ gu§»oI! ; bie ^nfanterte. Die Oleiterei ; ©aijaHcrie. t)it ^Irtitlerie. Army and Ammunitiofu The army. The general, to command The lieutenant-general. The major-general. The brigadier. The colonel. The lieutenant-colonel. The major. The captain. The lieutenant. The quartermaster. The sergeant. The corporal. The soldier, to drill. The drummer, to drum. A regiment, to march. A battalion. A company. A rank. The infantry. The cavalry. The artillery. 84 SCHOLASTIC TERMS . @tn ^anonicr. Der Slbjutant. (£tn %xom'ptttx> T)i2 Uniform X)ei ©dbeL Der Degen. Die SSfln^Utt, feuertu Die gitnte. Die ^uget, Der (Sd)uf , f^iegem Da^ 9)uber. Die 9)ijloIe, Die 33iic^fe, ^ielen. Die ^anone, ba^ ©efc^ufe, Da^ 3^It, auffc^Iagen* Die 23efa^ung, Befegen* Die T^eftung. Die (Sd)U"id)t, fc^Iagen, Dag ®efed)t, fec^tcn. Die ^etac^erunfv betagern* Der ^turm, fturmen* Dag (gd)Ivid)tfeH). Dei (Sieii, ffegen. Die 9?ieierlav3e, gefi^Iac^en. Der S^iidjrg, fi^ juritdgieben. Die giitd) flie^en» A cannoneer. The engineers. The adjutant. A trumpeter. The colors. The uniform. The sabre. The sword. The musket, to nre The gun. The ball. The shot, to shoot. The powder. The pistol. The rifle, to aim. The cannon. The tent, to pitch. The garrison, to garrison. The fortress. The battle, to fight. The engagement, skirmisU to fight. The siege, to besiege. The charge, to charge. The battle-field. The victory, to carry the day The defeat, defeated. The retreat, to retreat. The flight, to fly. rofit, (w.) 3n Seben^grope. ©in 33rujlbitb. ©ine ©tcflung. ©ine ®ruppe. Die 9)erfpectii^e. Der 25orberarunb, Winter- grunb. Tlie Fine Arts, Painting, A study from nature. A copy, to copy. A model. A sketch. A drawing, to draw. A pencil-drawing. A crayon-drawing. A water-color drawing. An oil-painting. A historical painting. Domestic life (interioi ). A flower-painting. An animal-painting. A sea- view. A portrait. A landscape A view. A fresco. A likeness. A profile. Life-size. A half-length. A pose, position. A group. The perspective. The fore-ground, back ground. THE FINE ARTS. lie (S)ett?anbung, ber galten^ Drapery. n)urf. ?id)t (n.) unb ©(fatten, {m.) Light and shade. '^a^ ^eabunfet The chiaroscuro. T)xt (S^attirung, The shading. I^a^ Solorit, The coloring. ^ott Red. 23Iau, Blue. ®elb. YeUo^ (©(^njarj* Black. SBci^. White. ©riim Green. SBraun. Brown. SSioIet Violet. 9)urpur» Purple. ®rau. Gray. gIeifd)farBi9. Flesh-color. (gc^arlac^. Scarlet. earmoiftn* Crimson. ©armim Carmine. Die faUm. The pallet. Die ©taffelet. The easel. iSDie !2eintx>anb» The canvas. ^Der g)infeL The brush ©in robebru(f. A proof Sin ^Ibjug (amw< la lettre). A proof before letters. A lettered proof. Sir ^Ib^ug (na^ ber (Sc^rift), ^ilbbauerluttjl. Sculpture, Statuary. Die (Statue, 23ilbfdule* The statue. Die SiiUp. The bust. 91- w IHE FINE AUrS. T)aB Zcnhnal, !J}ionument Da^ 9)oftament T)a^ |)viutrelief ^a^retief. !WeifeIu, SSJJobeHiren. Der 5lbgu§, Die gonn» 'Die ^tlbfc^ni^erfa,tjl» Die ^r^ittftur, ^au- Da^ ^ebdube, ber Sau* Der 9)laru Die (gdulen, (/.) Der 9)feiler. Da^ Capital Der gu§. Der ^ranj. Die funf (Saulenorbnungen t Die etrufftfc^e e. ©in Dbeli^t [m.) ©in 3:empcl. {m ) Sine Domfinte. ©in (53rabmal, (7i.) (Sine gagabe. ©ine ^tfd)e. Sine ©onfole. Die mum ^I^in ^ongert^ The monument. The pedestal. High-relief, low-re liel The (life) model. To cut out. To chisel. To model, mo ild. The cast. The form. Carving. Architecture, The structure. The draught, plan. The columns. The pilaster. The capital. The base. The cornice. The five orders . The Tuscan order. The Doric order. The Ionic order. The Corinthian order. The Composite order. A colonnade. An arch. The arches. A pyramid. An obelisk. A temple. A cathedral. A sepulchral monument A front view. A niche. A bracket, console. Music, A musical festival. A concert. THE FINE ARTb. 93 (£ate (Stdttt)c|ctt, (Serenade, ^\nt Ducertiire, (£ine D^er, Sine ©^mp^onte, (Sine donate. Sine 5J?elobie, dim ?lne* Qin ^ieb. 5 ie ^egteituttg, kgleiten. Die ® timme, nid^t bei gefeflfc^aft. Sine 9:)?uft!gefeafc^afU Sin Smpfang, (m,) Sin SSerein, {m.) Die ^unfllieb^aber, (m.) Die Ditettanten, {?n.) Sin ©pajiergang. Sin 5lu6flug, (m.) Sin (Sjjajierritt, retten. Sine ©paaierfa^rt, ^'a^ren. RecreationSj Sports. Dancing, to dance. A dancing-party. A full-dress ball. A fancy-dress ball. A partner. An evening party. A musical party. A reception. A club. The amateurs. The dilettanti. A walk ; promenade. A trip, an excursion, A ride, to ride on k^nsdback A drive, to drive. GAMES. 96 £itt SBettrennen, tint 2Bette» A race, a let. 3Die Sagb, JDic gltnte* 5luf bie 3a gb ge^en, jagcm gif^en gejen* T)ie 5ln^elrut^e» Lie SlngeL 5ja^ ©i^Iittenfa^rett. 3^er ^^litten. Sine ^c^aufel, f(^au!eltt* Target-shooting. Hunting, sport. The fowling-piece. To go hunting, to Imnt To go fishing. The fishing-line. The hook. Sleigh-riding. The sledge, sled. A swing, to swing. (For Physical Exercises, see page 46.) ^"pxtU, 3}a^ 3)fanberfpiel. Da^ .g)aaarbfpiet. IDa^ @^a(^fpiel, @(^a(^ Wxt- len. Da^ ©c^ac^Brett Die giguren* ®ine 3)artbie, etn uct. A viaduct. £ej i^Junbucrcur, The conductor. Da? 3etc|ett jur Stbfa^rt, The signal to start. J)a^ 33tttft The ticket. 5)a^ ga^rgelb. The fare. ©a^ @rfrif^uttg0jtmner» The refreshment- room. SDer SBartefaaL The waiting-room. Q.xn Ocean Dam^ff(^{ff, (w.) An ocean- steamer. (£in ^"vtug 3)ampfer, (w.) A river-boat (steamer). Sin 3?ort). On board. Die ^ajiite. The cabin. 3Dte ^oje, ba^ (Si^ipbett The berth. ®ine 9)n»at!aiute, fic^ Tit^ern* A state-room, to secura :D{e Ueberfa^rt The passage. Sln'^ Sanb ge^em To go on shore. Sine !i?anbebrurfe» A pier. Da^ ^^affagegelb. The passage-money. 5Beraotlbare 3lrti!eL Articles subject to duty. (£in gii^rer» A guide. (Ein ^rdger. A porter. Sin C^niftt)aug,(w.) ^otti,(n.) A hotel. Countries and Nations, Afiica; an African. America; an American. Asia; an Asiatic. Australia. Austria; an Austriau. Belgium ; a Belgian. China; a Chinese. Denmark; a Dane. England; an Englishman. Europe; a European. France; a Frenchman. !i?anber unb "iBoIfcr. 5lfri!a ; ein 5lfri!aner. 5lmeri!a; ein 5lmeri!aner. 5lften ; ein ^ftat. 5lujlralicn. Cefterreic^ ; ein Def^erreic^er, 23eigien; ein 33elgier. Sl)ina; ein d^inefe. Ddnemarf; nn Dane. ®n(;tanb ; ein Sngldnber* Suropa; ein Suropder* i5ranfrei(^; ein granjoff. 98 CITIES. Germany ; a German. The German Confederation. Great Britain ; a Briton. Greece ; a Greek. Holland; a Dutchman. Hungary ; a Hungarian. Ireland; an Irishman. Italy; an Italian. Japan ; a Japanese. The Neapolitan States; a Neapolitan. The Netherlands. Norway; a Norwegian. The Papal States. Poland; a Pole. Portugal; a Portuguese. Prussia; a Prussian. Russia; a Russian. Saxony; a Saxon. Scotland; a Scotchman. Spain ; a Spaniard. Sweden ; a Swede. Switzerland ; a Swiss. Turkey; a Turk. Tyrol; a Tyrolese. The United States of Ame- !3:)eutf(^lanb; etn Deutfcfeer^ !Der beutfc^e Suno. (S5rogbritannien; etn 'V>xxitt ©rtec^enlanb ; tin C^rk^it, «goIIanb; cin .g)0ildnt)er. Ungarn; etn Ungar. Srlanb; ein Sridnber. Stalten; ein Stattener. Sapan; ein Sapanefe. 5^eapel; ein ^^eaoolitanci. I^te 5?teberlanbe. ^^crttjegen; dn ^oxm^d. 'Ltx ^ir^enflaat. 9)oIen ; ein 3)ole. I^ortugal ; ein 9)ortU9tefe. I'^reu^en; etn 9?reu^e. ^^vujjlanb; etn diu\\t. ^ai^fen; tin (Sai^fe. <^c^otttanb; ein^^c^otte. ^panten; etn (^panter. (Sc^n)eben; efn (Sd)n?ebe. X)ie ari^. Prague. 3)rag. Rome. 9flont. 6t. Petersburg. 9)eter^burg, Venice. SSenebig. Vier.na. Biett. Mountains and Rivers ©elbirge unb gtftfffc Abruzzi. ^ie SlBnijjett. Alps. T)\t 5npen. Apennines. Die Slpenninen* Ardennes. Die Slrbennen. The Black Forest. Der ©c^tDarjiralb* The Vosges. Die 3Sogefctt. The Danube. Die Donau. The Elbe. Die (£Ibe. The Lake of Constance. Der 33obenfee» The Maine. Der Wldin. The Neckar. Der 9?e(lar. The Rhine. Der Sfl^eitt. The Thames. Die Sl^emfe. The Vistula. Die aBei(^feL The Ocean, Der rcean. The Adriatic Sea. Dag abriatif^e ^eer. The Arctic Ocean. Da^i St^meer. The Atlantic Ocean. Der attanttf^e Cccan. The Baltic Sea. Die Djlfee, bae baltifc^t ^itt. The Black Sea. Dag fc^war^e '][)?eer. The Channel. Der (englif^e) ^anal. The Mediterranean Sea. Dag mittefldnbifc^e ^Utx, The North Sea. Die 5f?orbfee, bag teiitfdj* ?0?eer. Dag jliCe SCeltmeer. The Pacific Ocean. The Red Sea. Dag rot^e Wftx. 9* PART SECOND. Familiar Phrases. Urn Semanben anjure- bem ®utctt %aQ, mettt ^err. ©uten 5lbenb» 3^ tt)unf(^e3^nen9uten?i}^or- gen. ^efen (Ste n?it[!ommen» ©^ freut mi(^ \t1^x, (Bk ju fe* !D?ein «&err, ic^ ^abe bie (£|)re, S^nen guteu 5??orgen gu njunfc^en, $Bie befinben <5tc fi^? Se^r n?o^(, ic^ banfe S^nem fBie ge^t c^? 8Bie getvo^nlic^* 5Bie jle^t e« mit S^rer ©efunb- *Se^r gut, i^ banfe S^nen. ©ic fe^en fe^r gut au^, 3^ befanb mid^ nie beft'er. 3(i befinbe ntt(^ wo^l, ®ott fci X)an!. 1AA 2b address some one. Good-morning, sir. Good-evening. I wish you good-morning. You are welcome. I am very happy to see yon. Sir, I have the honor to wish you good-morning. How do you do ? Very well, thank you. How are you? As usual. How is your health lo-daj * I am very well, thank you You look extremely well. I never was better. I feel quite well, thank GkKl TO ASK. 101 Dae freut mi(^, ©ie ftnb fe^r giittg, SBie beftnbet fi^ 35r J^err 2Sa-, ter? £r ffl ttit^t ganj wo^L ^r ij? unttjo^l— Ieit)enb» 2Ba^ mac^tS^i ^ruber? £r ijl gefunb. G5ru§ctt ^k t^n t)on mir. 'Befinbet fic§ S^re Samilte n)oM ? mt^ i|t ttJoW- Sy^eiitw (Smpfe^lung ^u ^aufe» 3^ empfe^Ie mx6^ S^tten* I>am glad of it. Yoii; are ^/ei^y kind. \ } ; ' ^ow is your father? Ite is riot' quite well/ He is unwell, — sick. How is your brother ? He is in good health. Remember me kindly to hi n Are all your family well ? They are all well. Present my compliments to all at home. Good-morning (evening). Farewell; good-bye. 33ttten. 3c^ bitte (Bk. 3e^ bitte ®ie brtngenb. Jgjaben 8ie bie ®ute, mtr ju fagen. (Sagen ©te mir gefdfligfl, UQotitn^u (nii^t) fo gut fetn unb . . . 5Coffen ©ie giittgii n?teber^c* len? Darf tc^ (Bk bitten ? Iiarf tc^ urn 3bren ^ameit bitten « Darf t(^ ®te barum bemii^en? i^eben ©ie mir gefdtttgjl. Sd^ bitte ^ie urn eine greunb- f^ift. 7b ^s>&. I beg you. Pray. I entreat you. Have the kindness to telJ me. Tell me, if you please. Would you be so kind a;s to . . . AVill you be so kind as *«o repeat ? May I ask you ? May I ask your name 7 May I trouble you for that T Please give me. I have a favor to ask (of) vou. 102 TO CONSENT, flEFUSK. ] Do me the favor. (Erjet(^en Sic mir bie ©unit, SL^ue nttr ben ®vf|iIl^T^», ©i^lagen @ie mif metne ^itle Don't refuse my request lier(a^en ^te mtr Ifefe (Funft Do not deny me this favoiv 36) hat t^n JU fommen, I asked him to come. €>ie fonnten mir einen grofen You could render me agieai !!Dienjl leijlen* service. ^Slit x^nv (Sriaubttig. By your leave (permis- sion). (Sriauben it(tge ein. (£g fei. SSon ganjem ^erjen. ©erne. Wt ml 3Sergnugen. 5r mag e^ tbun. £)a0 lag ic& getten! 3Bi(Iigen ®ie ein? ©ie finb atle bamit cintjerflan- bcn. 3c^ ^abe nic^te bagegen. 5i:^un ©ie, tt>ie S^nen belief t. ^anbeln ®ie na^ 33elieben. To Consent, l\efu3e. Yes. I consent. Be it so. With all my heait. Will ingly. With great pleasure. Let him do it. That may be. Do you consent (agree)? They have all agreed to iL I have no objection to it. ] You may do as you please TO THANK. binacben. S^erfugen <£te itbcr micb. 3(^ jlebe 311 3()rcn Dtcnjlen. iBerlaffen (^ie ftc^ auf mic^. Batten (Sie barauf, 9?ctn, ba^ !ann ntc^t fetn, 3(^ tann tttc^t ctnitJtfltgem 3(^ faittt e^ jc^t nxdjt t:^un, ^aben ^k etit>a^ bagegen etn* juwenbcit ? 3Da^ ge^t mt(^ nid^t^ an. mogIt($. 3c^ eriaube e6 tttc^t "Dag bcingt nidjt »on mtr ab, 3c^ mug e0 able:^nen. ^r :^at mix ee abgef(^Iagen, ®^ n)urbe mix runb abgefc^Ia* gen. 5ikr ttii^t^ etntt?enbet, n^iHigt ettt» it pass for this I will let time. You may dispose of me. I am at your service. Depend upon me. Depend upon it. No, that can't be done. By no means. Not at all. I cannot consent to it. I cannot do it now. Have you any objection to it? That does not concern me. That will not do. It is im- possible. I won't suffer that. It does not depend upon me. I must decline. He has refused it. I met with a flat refusal. Who does not object, coq« sents. Danf en. Dan! ! 3^^ banfe 35nen. ige^r »erbunben. 3cb ^ciU bie (Sbre, 3^ncn ^u banfen. 3c^ Mn 3^r (Sd)ulbner. ®r banfte mtr freunbttc|. @tc fmb fe^r giitig. To Thank. Thank you. Much obliged. I have the honor to CJiank you. I am indebted to you. He thanked me kindly. You are very kind. 104 TO ASK, AKSWEE. 3d& oerbanfe S^nen Mt$. Si) Un S^nen fe^r »erbunben» 3^ ftatte S^nen tneineti Danf ah. €>k fmb fe^r gefdCig* 3c^ banfe 3:^nen "^er^Itc^jl fitr S^re giitige 5lufmer!fam!eit. Sd^ bante S^nen taufenbmat ©mpfangen (Sie meinen warm* ften T)ant [haxhit Sftec^nen id ©lite banfen fot[» S(^ njerbe jlet^ baran benfen, ®ie oerBittben mici^ irenn crau«. 8a§t l^n rebeu. Wacfe e^ tuxh. To Say, to Speak, to Hear^ to Listen, What do you say ? I say nothing. He told me so. What is the meaning of this 1 He talks nonsense. Do you understand what I say? What shall I say to this f As I told you. To tell the truth. With this all is said. As people say. As it were. You don't say so ' I have spoken to him. You speak too low. Speak louder. Speak your mind. Let him speak. Tell it in a woid. TO AFFIRM, DEN^Y, DOUBT, FTC. 107 ^uf tin 'Bon, Mtte, U^t un^ ein n>emg fc^U)a^en, 3)Iaubert ni^t, Winter. 'Du btjl ein re(^ter ®(^n)dfeer» (spri^ mir nic^t me^r bai)Ott» StiKe 1 ®eib jittte I ^(^tt)etget boc^ jlillel &r fpri^t gut unb fliefcnb. ®i jlcttert ein tuenig, @ie ric^tete ba^ S35ort an mic^, SBir fpra^en iiber bie 5^atur- gef(^i(|te, gSon •^orenfagen, 3(^ H^e fagen ^oren» 3^ ^abe fie fmgen pren. 3^ pre i^r gem ju, »6)orc^ ! pren @ie I J&or jl Du mi6) nici^t rufen ? 3<^ ^abe e^ nit^t geprt ©u mu§t bejfer barauf pren. 3(^ pve ®te nic^t an. ^oren (Sie mi(^ In^ an'^ ®nbe. '^(^enfen ®ie mir ®epr. ©er nic^t pren njitt mug fii^^ ien. (Sinen ^U(^|laben pren (ajfem Cajjen (Bit »on ftc^ pren. A word, if you please. Let us talk a little. Don't chatter, children. You are a chatterbox. Don't speak any more of it Silence I Peace I Hold your tongue. He speaks well and fluent ly He stammers a little. She addressed me. We spoke about Natural History. By hearsay, from hearsay, 1 have been told. I have heard her sing. I like to listen to her. Hark! listen I Don't you hear me call ? I have not heard it. You must listen better. I don't listen to you. Hear me out. Lend me an ear. He who will not hear moAt suffer. To sound a letter. Let me hear from vou. Scia^en, SSerneincn jweifeln, :c. 3a, gen)tg i 3c^ fage, Ja. Da6 ij! fe^r nja^r. S$ ill nu" ni mabr. To Affirm J Veni/j Doult^ t SBag n?etteft "Du? wa^ toiUfl Duwetten? 5^ ttjette e^ ijl fo» 9?eitt, ganj unb gar nt(^t. Durc^au^ nic^t, feine^trega. 3d^ fage nettt* (£6 ijl nic^t fo, mt @ie fagem 3c^ Idugne e6. You may rest assured To be sure. It is a fact. Of course. I warrant you. Believe me. I assure you. Unquestionably. That U true. An affirmative answer. He asserted it. You may believe liim. Rely upon what I tell you. Take it for granted. Undoubtedly (unquestion* ably). It can't be doubted. There is no doubt about it. No doubt. Without doubt. You are right. What do you bet? what will you bet ? I bet it is so. No, not at all. By no means. I say it is not. It is not as you say. I deny it. 3(^ ^abe gutcn (SJrunb, baran I have good ro^aons to doubt TO BELIEVE, THINK. lOS 5^ mu§ S^nett n)iberfprc($cn, ©ie fi^erjen, »on? Denft eu(^, n>ae er gct^an ^at» 3(^ ben!e, roxx foflten ge^em Da^ ^aU ic^ mir gebac^t 3d^ ^aht auc^ baran gebac^t. I en!m ^ie ni(^t, bag er fRt^t ^at? 3^ tx>etf ntc^t, tt)a« it^ ba»on fatten fot[. ©lauben (Sie nii^t? ©r benft an 5(fle^. Denlett ^ie fi(^ nur I We thought you dead. What do you think of it f Think what he has done. I think we had better go. I have thought as much. I have also thought of it. Don't you think he is right ! I don't know what to think of it. Don't you think so ? He thinks of every thing. Imagine ! only think I Stiffen, ^onnen, ^en> nen. 3c^ n)etf; tc^ mi^ e^ n?o^I. SBeigtDu, ttja^id^fuc^e? 3d» wugte nic^t, bag er !ran! 2Btr tt)iiTen ni(^t^ ba»on. S0 !ann S^nen nici^t unl)e'' fannt fein. Darf ic^ e^ milTen ? ©0 i)kt t(^ tt)eig. 2Bie wtjTen ®ic e«? 2Benn id^ e^ gettjugt Mtte. aSon went njiffen <8ie ba^'^ $i3enn i^ c^ wugte, tiurbc ic^ e« fagen. To Know, to be Able. I know ; I know it well. Do you know what I am looking for ? I did not know that he wbb ill. We know nothing about it. You cannot but know. May I know it? For aught I know. How do you know? If I had known (it). From whom have you learned it? If I knew, I should teli you TO llEMEMBER, FORGET. in gic mxHn ba6 morgen erfa^- You willinow it to-morrow ren. •Rac^ meinem beften SCipn. To the best of ray know ledge. 2Btc Scbermann treig. As is well known. ^xdbt baf i4 miifite. Not that I am aware of. 5tonnct ijr eure Section ? Sc^ fann fte au^n?enbtg. ©ie »er|le^t ein mni^ ^u[it SBir fonnen nt^t fc?&tt)immen. ®r fann (£tn)a^. ©r fann gut reitcn. S(^ ivttt fe^en trae ®te fonnen. Do you know your lesson ? I know it by heart. She knows a little music. We cannot swim. He has some knowledge. He is a good horseman. I will see what you can do. tcnnfl Du biefen ^am ? Sebermann fennt i^n. 2Bte H\t ^u feine Sefannt* f^aft gemac^t? ^an fennt i^n unter btefem 5^amen. 2Btr fennen i^n »om ©e^en. 2Burbe er ntt(^ wieber erfen* nen? (£r ^at mtc^ nic^t tt^ieber er* fannt. X)tefe0 33n^ ijl mirganjunbe* fannt. Do you know that man ? Everybody knows him. How have you made his aC' quaintance ? He is known by that name We know him by sight. Would he know me again? He has not known me again. This book is quite unknown to me. ©ic^ erinnern, ^ergeffen. ©rinnern ^k ft(^ bej^en ? ©ie itjerben fti^ erinnern. ^^ erinnere mic^ beffen mo^f. ^$ fdflt mil? ni4>^ bet. To Rememoer, to Forget Do you remember that? You will remember. I remember it well. T don't recollectc 10* 112 TO CONSULT. S^ pel mix njteber eitt» 2Benn id^ mic^ xt^t erinnere* ®o t>tel ic^ mid^ entfmnen f anm Baffin ag ic^ t^un foiL 7b Consult. What is to be done ? What shall we do? What to do with . . . How is it to be avoideil f We must resolve upon some thing. I am resolved not to . . This is a thing to be cott sidered of. Let us see. I know not what to do. TO LET, DO, MAKE, GET, HAVE, ETC 113 S^ Un in grower 35erlegen^eit. I am quite at a loss. 93eben!ett 'Bit, toa^ Bit »or^a* Mind what you are about. Ben, UeBerlegen Bit roo^l{xtifii^). Consider well. 3$ Wiinfc^e Bit ^ieriiber urn I wish to consult with you ffiatl^ ju fragen. on this subject. \Qa^ n)urben Bit in biefem What would you do in .L-i* gafle t^Utt ? case ? fatten Bit e^ ni^t fitr paf* Do you think it suitable ? fenb ? iBtnn t$ S^nen gut f^etnt, If you think fit, , . . f . . . . !Da fdttt mix tin, fommt mir An idea strikes me tin ®eban!e. 3c§ rat^e S^nen nt(^t p » ♦ . I advise you not to . , . SBenn i^ S^nen ratten barf. If you will take my advice. Sltt ^^xtx BttUt n)urbe i^ ♦ ♦ ♦ If I were in your place, I should . . . Bit t^dten nt(^t iibeL It would not be amiss foi you. !Da« ijl ein fe^r guter Stnfatt. This is a very good idea, fiajfen Bit mi(^ mac^en* Leave that to me. 3c^ i»urbe Ueber . . ♦ I had rather . . . Bit t^dten bejfer baran e^ fo You had better do so. ju ma^en, Sflnn gut. Well, let it be so Bit Unntn nt(^t^ bej^ere^ t^un. You cannot do better. 3^ g^B^ S^ren ©runbett na6). I yield to your reasons. Saffen, j^u t:^un, ju w^ci* ToLet,toI)OytoMake,toOa (^cn K, toHavCj&c, Bajfen ®te biefem 23u(^ binben. Get this book Dound. ^(f^mxUmixtintnntutndiod I shall have a new coal moL^tn laffett. made. lU TO LET, DO, MAKE, GET, HAVE, ETC. 3^ trerbc e^ mac^en lajfen, ©tnen fommen oter rufen laj- fen. d^ott Idf t bte (Sonne fc^etnen, ®r tie§ mt^ bie§ t^un, £ajfen ®ie un^ nic^t eine ©tun* be n?arten» Icn lajfen, ®r l^at mir ba^ dJelb au^ja^- (en laflTen. Sajfen (Ste (lag) mir S^it 2a^ fte nur fommen, Saffen ®ie fi^ fagen. 3c^ lap mic^ ni^t betriigem 3<^ werbe eg (Sie n)iJTen lajTen, Saifen (Ste mi^ biefeg ©entdt* be fe:^en, iefe0 23uc^ Idgt fti^ lefem 2ag Dir bag gefagt fein, lag Dir bag 5ur ilBarnung bte* nem ^kx taJTen (Bit mic^ nteber* Tt^en. £ag i^n nben. SBoIlen (Sie i^n eg t^un lajfen? CaiJcn (Bte mi^ eg t^un. ^r lieg eg gefc^e^em Sr lief eg gettem I shall have it done To send for. God makes the sun shiae He made^me do this. Do not make us wait he hour. He made (has made) me pay the money. He ordered (suffered) th« money to be paid to me. Give me time. Let them come (if they dare). Let me tell you. I am not to be deceived. I shall let you know. Let me see this picture. To spare no pains. That may easily be con- ceived. This book is worth reading. Let this be a warning to you. Here let me sit. Let him speak. Will you allow him to do sOi Permit me to do it. He did not hinder it. He admitted it (as valid). SBotltS^r egmac^en? Will you do it? TO GO, COME, MOVE, lit 5a, voir ftjotten e^ mac^en* ^abt t^r eure 3Cufgal6e ge^ 2i( merben ntir ba^ SSergnit^ gen mac^en. 3c^ !ann'0 nic^t anber^ ma* SBefummert euc^ nt^t urn btefe Dtnge» 2a§(t) mtc^ ge:^en* 2a§(t) bag Metbett. 2:^ue, ii)ie bu eg fiir gut Mt^ 2Bag(e) eg etnmaL 2Bag ^at er get:^an? 3t^ ntag eg t^un ober ni^t 3c^ tt)unf(|te, bag @te eg t^d^ ten, i!af eg t^un, 2af bie Sl^iire ^erfc^tiegen, 5^0^ etnmaL S!}?a(^en ®te eg fo fc^Iimm tt)te mogtic&. Yes, let us do it. What are you doing here f Have you done your exer- cise? You will give me the plea sure. I can't do it otherwise. Let these things alone. Let me alone. Let that alone. Do as you think proper. I dare you to do it. What has he done ? I may do it or not. I wish you would do it. See it done. See the door locked. Do it again. Do your worst. ©tc^ ferttg mac^en p ♦ . ♦ ©ic^ ferttg fatten, gertig fein (mtt ©tttJag). To get ready for , To be ready. To have done. ^t^tn, fommen, fic^ l>c- ttjegen. S^^^o^itt ge^eit , down. Where do you come fruiu ? You come just in time. I come from home. JC have just come back. When will you come to see us / io BRING, W^EAK, SEND, GO FOB m^W.K ir *5ic ifl ju gug gefommett. She came on foot. %f^, (Ste finb angefommen I Ah, you are arrived I 2Bir fmb foeben angefommen* We have just arrived. 5Dann n?ert)en S^re (So^ne When will your sons arrivel fommen? 2Btr famen ju reciter 3^tt an. We arrived in time (be- times). 3'retctt ©te gcfdtttgfl etn, metn Walk in, sir, if you please. »&err Der ^err fot( ^eretnfontmen. Bid the gentleman walk in. 5Bo^en (5ie nt(|t ein ii?entg Would you not walk in (step herein fommen'^ in) a moment? ben cahth luerben. Se c^xbt uii^tg 5?eueg. !)!??an bat feme ^^ac^rii^t er- fatten. S^ Qxht gro^e ^Zeuigletten, ^inb fie offtcteK ? S!)?an fagt fo. (£e tjl jum ©tabtgefprdc^ ge^^ tt?orben. Sc^ ^abe btefe 5?ad^rtc^t aug fic^erer CiueUe (aug gutei ^anb). 3(^ l)abe fie au^ erfter «g)anb, Sii) nenne S^nen metne CiueUe. £)ag ijt mir emae 5f?eueg. SDiefc ??ac^rtd^t bebarf ber 23e* jldtigung. ^^tefe^ ®eru(^t ^oi |t(^ aU falfd^ emiefen. tHan bat »erfc^iebene 33eri(^tc. Do you know any news? What news from town ? What do the papers say ? They say we shall soon hav€ peace. There is no news. No news has been received. There is great news. Is it oflScial ? They say so. It has become the towQ- talk. I have that news from good authority. I have it from the first liaud, I give you my author.Hy This is news to me. This news needs confirm atioh. That report has proved false There are different acoounta 122 TO FEAR, BE AFRAID, ANXIOUS. Tlan muf ba^ 5'^d:^ere aBmar^ We must wait for fiirthei ten* particulars. $aben ie ba0 al* lc« aMaufett tt)irb» Is that really true? How is that possible? How can that be ? That cannot be. You surprise me. You astonish (amaze) ma That is astonishing. It surprises me. What's that? I wonder. What a surprise I That is very strange. This is a strange sort of bu- sin ess. It is incredible. It is (a thing) unheard of. That is beyond my compre- hension. Could that have been fore- seen? Could any one have ex- pected it? Who would have dreamt of that I Who could have thought of it I I wonder what will be the end of it. 33ett)uttberun9. ©elc^ ein SButtber I Jffielc^e 9)ra(^t j S®etd)c 3cirtieit I EBie atintut^ig I Admiration, What a wonder 1 What magnificenc e ! What delicacy I How graceful I 11* 124 JOY, APPROBATION,, SAnSFACTION. ®g ifl ^um (Snt^ucfen (reijenb). ©^ i)t tt)Uttt)erf^5n, ©^ ijt bcwimbern^n^crt^, ©^ ijl krrlic^, :prdc^tig» 2Bir ^abcu nie ettra^ (S(^one' (£g Id^t ftc^ nid)t befc^reiben* ©ie fbnuen fit^ feinen ^Segriff bai)on ma(^ett» It is enchanting (charniinjif) It is wonderful. It is admirable. It is superb. It is very beautiful. We have never seen any thing finer. It cannot be described You cannot forra any id^u of it. greube, 23eifail, Sufric* ben^ett. !8ra»o ! gut I »ortreffli($ ! 3^ bin dugerjl erfreut baruber, 3c^ bin fe^r glMUi^, fe^r tx* frcut. (£^ ma^t mir fe^r »tel S3er- gniigen. 3c^ bin bamit augerorbentlii^ jufrteben. ^r ifl iiber btefe ^a6^xi6)t \t^t erfreut (£r ill auger ftc^ »cr greube* ©inb (5te befriebigt? a35te fro^ bin tc^ ! 3c^ bin tnt^Mt baritber. 5)a0 tjl attertiebft. SBie feiD i^r fo gtiicflid^ ! 3c^ freue mid^ iiber 3^ren (£r* folg. 3d) wiinfc^e Sbnen (5)Iucf. 2Hein ®Iuc! ifl »ot(fommem Joy, Approbation, Satisjac- Hon. Bravo I Good I Excellent I I am extremely glad of it. I am very happy. It is a great pleasure to rue. I am highly pleased witJi it. He is delighted with this news. He is beside himself witJf joy- Are you satisfied ? How pleased I am I I am delighted. That is charming. How happy you are I Your good luck gives me great joy. I congratulate you. My happiness is complete PITY, GEIEF, SORROW. 12f. 33ffcaucrn, ©c^merj, Summer. 5Bie Pate I U0 i(i 3ammerf(^abe, g^ ifl fet)r unangene^m. ^^ ijl (iu ber X^at) fe^r ^art. k^^ ijl traurtg, Da^ \\t ungIu(fU(^, »erbrief* (£^ tjl ciK groge^ Unglud. (£e frdnft mic^ fe|)n Se f^merjt mic^ fe^r, (£g mact)i mic^ gattj ungliicf- 5)a^ mac^t mir grogen ^um^ mem 5}Jit nja^rem 33ebauern ^aU [^ erfa^ren, ba§ ^ ♦ ♦ 3llleg ij! uerloren. 5111c^ tft gegen mt^. (£^ mtrb mir ba6 ^erj Brec^ett. (£^ ij^ fe^r fc^Umm, ju f^Itmm^ ^?ctn 33ruber ijl trojllo^. ^r ip in ^JeqtDeiflung. 3c^ beflage fein Unglu(!, S6 »erbriej)t mid) fe^r. ©ie n>eint in (£inem fort. Sc^ bin niemal0 glutflii^ ge- n?efen. ©ie ftnb rec^t ju bebauern. Da0 t^ut mir fe^r leib. ' 3c^ |)alte e^ nicS^t tanger au^. FUt/j Grieff Sorrow. What a pity ! It is a great pity. It is very disagreeable. It is very hard (indeed). It is a sad thing. It is terrible. That is unfortunate. It is a groat misfortune. I am much grieved at it. I am much pained by it. It makes me quite unhappy That affects me exceedingly. With sincere sorrow I learn that ..." All is lost. Every thing is against me. It will break my heart. It is very bad, too bad. My brother is inconsolable at it. He is in despair. I regret his misfortune. I am quite vexed at it. She does not cease weeping I have never been happy. You are to be pitied. I am very sorry for it. I can't bear up any longer 126 ANGER, INDIGNATION, REPBOACH ©0 ift ju drgerlic^. ©c^dmen (Ste fid^ nic^t »or Tk^ ©ie foUten tT(^ fcldmen, SBte fonnteit (5ie fo ettva^ ©ie fmb (gar) fe^r ju tabein* 9)?an fann (barf) fte ntc^t ta* bein n>egett » ♦ ♦ S53ie n?agen (5ie e^, fo ju l^an* beln'^ ^oren (Sic auf, fage tc^» ^onnen ®ie ni(^t ru^tg fein ? SajTen ©ie fic^ ba^ gefagt fein* Sag !Dtr ba^ jur SBarnung bienen* 9?un merfe bir'^» ©g i|l mir bitter ©mil, 5)?ac^en ®ie mic^ nt^t bofe, Burnen <5ie mir ? (£r war fe^r erjiirnt, jornfg* 3^ bin iibler ^aune. 3^ babe feine ®ebulb mit 35- nen. (£r ij^ auger ft^. Die ©ebulb ^erlieren* ®eben ©ie mir au^ ben 5Iugett ! 3)ad'bic^! gortmitbirl aSefummert euc^ um eure ©a- 4in» Anger J Indignation^ReproMik What a shame. It is shameful. It is too provoking. Are you not ashamed of yourself? You ought to be ashamd It is abominable. How could you do so? You are very much to blame She cannot be blamed for . . . How dare you do so ? Have done, I say. Can't you be quiet ? Take this hint. Let this be a warning U you. Now mind, now mark. I am in bitter earnest. Don't make me angry. Are you angry with me ? He was very angry. I am in a bad humor. I have no patience with jou He is beside himself. To lose patience. Get outof my sightl Clear out. Mind your own busineafli AFFECTION, FRIENDSHIP^ DISLIKE, AVERSION. 121 3unetgun3, greuub fd^aft, Slbnetgung, SBtberwiUem 3c^ Itebe btefen 5Wantt. 3^ fattrt i^n gut leiben; ^aV t§n gerne; Mn t^m gut 3(^ Mn t^m nic^t abgeneigt S(^ liebc unb fc^ci^e t^n. 3$ Itebe t^tt »on gan^em ^er* Sf^ bttt i^m aufrici^tig gugc" ®r t|^ mtr H^tntx. ®ic n)urben greunbe. ^r ijl ein guter greunb 'oon mix. 2Bir ftnb »ertraute greunbe, 2Btr fmb f(^on atte greunbe* 2Btr ^abtn feine ©e^eimniffc »or cinanber, S53ir :paffen fe^r gut jufammeti* 3^ n>urbe Sitter fiir x1)n t^un* !Woge e^ x1^m n?o^l ge^enl 3^ liebe ben ^O^enfc^en ni^U (£r ijt mir »er^aSt. 3(^ »era6f(^eue i^n. @r mif?fdt(t mir, 3c^ !ann i^n nt^t au^jle^en, iDa^ if^ mir in ber (Seek ptui* ber. Sc^ meibe ibn, fo »iel ic^ fann, 3ci tt>unf(^te, er ginge. Affection, Friendship^ JJi* like, Aversion, I like this man. [ I like him. I am not averse to nim. I love and esteem him. I love him with all my heart. I am sincerely attached to him. He is dear to me. They became friends. He is a friend of mine. We are intimate (friends). We are friends of old (long) standing. We have no secrets from each other. We agree perfectly. I would do any thing for him. May he do well I I do not like that man. I hate him. I detest him. He displeases me. I cannot bear him. I abhor that. I avoid him as much as I can I wish he would go. 128 DAYTIME. ®ttblt(^ l|l er fort; ®ott fei At last he is gone; God \m Dan! I thanked. (Er ift f^recfttc^ langn^eiltg* He tires one to death. ©ein^Ittf ijlntc^teinne:&mcnb» His look is not prepossessing !lm tctt^t 3cit (bc^ 3:a3e0) ij^ ^^ ix>trb fpdt. Die (Sonne ge^t eben auf* Der Slag bric^t an. ^it (bet) anbrec^enbem S^a^e* ®^ t|i Itc^ter 3:ag» ©^ tfl ZaQ. Die (Sonne fte:^t f(^on fe:^r ^oc^. ®^ ge^t gegen 5lbenb* @g bdmmcrt. C^g ttjtrb balb bunfel. Die (Sonne ijl untergegangen. S^ totrb balb 9?a(^t n?erben» a^ tfl bunfel, e^ n^trb bunfeL ^g tjl ?[}?ttterna(^t. Der ?D?onb gebt auf. (E^ ip ^onbfc^etn. S33ir ^aben 35otImonb. fiDir ^aben ba^ erjle 23ierteL Der !JJ?onb gebt unter. Die Sterne fanqen an ju fc^int- mern. 5^ fann M 9?ac^t nic^t arbei- ten. ©tc famen bci S^agc ju un6 Daytime, What time (of day) is it f It is getting late. It is still early. The sun is just rising. The day is breaking. At daybreak. It is broad daylight. It is daylight. The sun is aire ady very high The day begins to decline It is already twilight. It will soon be dark. The sun has set. It will soon be night. It is dark, it is getting dark It is midnight. The moon is rising. It is moonlight. We have full moon. We have the first quartex The moon is going down. The stars begin to shine. I cannot work in the night time. They came to us in the dav time. THE HOUR. 12P ©elicit ei, c^ ^dt Smi gef^tagen* I>ie U^r ge^t »iet ju langfam. Die U^r ge^t ju fc^nett, ge^t (S^ ijl TOttag. ®«ijiair5IfU^r (?0?itterna(^t). ^ommen ©i^ morgen jum grii^fluct ju mir. Urn nj(((^e 3eit? ©egen neun U^r, 3tt)tfd^en neun unb itljn. The Hour, What o'clock is it? I don't know exactly. Look at your watch. It is twelve o'clock. It is but one o'clock. It is past one. It is ten minutes past (after) one. It is quarter-past one. It is half-past one. It wants a quarter to two. Twenty minutes past eight. It wants twenty minutes to two. It is almost two. It is not yet two. It is upon the stroke of two. The clock strikes. What o'clock has it struck? It struck two. The clock is much loo slow. The clock goes too fast. It is noon. It is midnight. Come and breakfast with m^ to-morrow. At what time ? Towards nine o'clock. Between nine and >,eii. 180 THE WATCH. — THE WEATHEK. aGBifen ®ie tt)ie»teIU^r ee »p? (©ie ifl nic^t aufgejogem ©ie ijl jle^en geBIte^en, S53ic »iel U^r tft e« auf berS^- rtgen ? ^e^t tie S^rtge gut? @te ge^t p frii^, au fpdt, (Ste ijl ni(^t in Drbnung. (5te bleibt t>on 3^^^ i« S^tt fte* (5te ge:^t tdgttc!^ etne 33ierte(* punbe na^ (»or)» ©^ ijl ettt)a^ baran jerbroc^en. Die geber ifl gefprungett. Sc^ glaube, ba§ bie ^ette ser- riiTen ijl. ©ie miij^en fie repariren tajfen. 3(^ mitt ftc ^um U^rmac^ev f^icfen. The Watch, Do you know what o'cloct it is? 1 don't know exactly. Look at your watch. It is not wound up. It does not go. It has stopped. What o^clock is it by yours f Does yours go well ? It is too fast ; too slow. It is out of order. It stops now and then. It loses (gains) a quarter of an hour every day. Something is broken in it. The spring is broken. I think the chain is broken. You must get it repaired. I am going to send it to th€ watchmaker. S5ottt SKetter. SBieijlba^ SBettcr? ©6 Ijl fe^r fi^one^ better. ©0 ijl ^errli(i)e^ S©etter. ©3 ijl prd^tigee ^Better. !Der Jg»immel ijl flat. Die ®onne fd^cint fe^r fc^on. Da« ^Better ill milb. The Weather, How is the weather f It is very fine weather. It is charming weather It is most delightful wea ther The sky is clear. The sun shines beautifully The weather is mild. THE WEATHEK. 18] THit fommf e^ fe|>r n?arm »cn (5^^ ffl trotfen SBetter. £g tjl biiflere^ ^Better. l^ iji na|Teg,fturmtfc^e^ SBetter. £^ ifl frojltgeg, falter 2Better» (£^ if! fc^Ied^te^, rau^e^ Better* (S3 ifl unangene^me^ 2Better* @3 ift unbejldnbtge^ 2Better, (£e ijl brauf en fc^r fi^mu^tg, 5Dte S^^f^^jeit t|! fe^r ftu^t (£3 fldrt fidb auf, ©ie ^dlte tj^ ^eute uncrtrd.atic^* T)tx glu§ tjl pgefroren, ®g fc^neit ncc§ tmmer, ®e f(^ncit fe^r jlar!, ®6 ijl 3:^aun?etter. Der (S^nee fc^miljt. (£3 ift n)inbig. S^ tvtnbct jlar!, e^ jliirmt* t)er SBinb fommt au3 Dj^ett, Der SBinb legt ftc^. 2Bir njcrben ettva^ 0tegett bc- fommen, Sc^ fii^te eintge Slro^fen* £3 recjnct. £3 f^iittet* ©3 |at biefett 2J?orgett tiic^tfg geregnet, ^at ber 9iegen ganj aufge:^ort? ©ie attflene^m bag 2Bftter ijl! I think it is very warm. It is dry weather. It is dusty. It is gloomy weather. It is wet, storrqgr weathei It is frosty, cold weather It is bad, raw weather. It is unpleasant weather. It is unsettled weather. It is very muddy out of doora The season is very wet. It is clearing up. The cold is insupportabU to-day. The river is frozen over. It snows still. It snows very fast. It is thawing weather. The snow melts. It is windy. It blows hard. The wind comes from thi east. The wind falls. We shall have some rain, I feel some drops of rain. It rains. It is raining. It pours. It is pouring. It has rained a great deal this morning. Has it left off raining en- tirely? How delightfiil the weathei is! 12 132 AQE. !£)ic (Sonne fc^eint ^eute fcbr 1)16 2Bol!en ftnb fe^r bic^t S^ Mt^t t)ereit^, i&^ fdngt an, ju bcnnern* ^e bcnnert Xier Donner rollt SBelc^ etn 3:)onnerfc^la9 1 (£g ^aqelt. !Der (Sturm ij^ »orbeu (£0 friert mi^. 3c^ jittere »or ^cilte* S(^ ^abe.Mte ^dnbc» 9J?eine ginger ftnb jlarr t)or ^dlte. Sc^ bin ^alb erfroren. ©^ ijl mir fe^r tt?arm» 3(^ erjlitfe faj^ »or ^i^e» 3n @(^n)ei§ gerat^en. The air is sultry . It is very close here. The sun is very hot to-day. The clouds are very thick. It lightens already It begins to thunder. It thunders. The thunda roars. What a clap of thunder I It hails. The storm is over. I am cold. I shiver with cold. My hands are cold. . My fingers are benumbed with cold. I am half frozen. I am very warm. I am almost suffocated with To perspire. [heat S3om filter. SBie att ftnb (Sie? 3i^ bin »on Sbrem Sllter. Sie feben nic^t fo alt au6. 5jBieattijl3^r33ruber? 3(b glaubtc, Sie feien jiinger* 3c^ bin jmanjig (3a^re att). giir tt)ie a(t fatten Sie ntic^ njo^l? 3c^ bin . . . ^a^xc alt. tx ifl wenlgften^ fitnftig (3a^* tc att). Age How old are you ? I am of your age. You do not look so old. What is your brother's age? I thought you were younger I am twenty (years old). How old should you taki! me to be? ] am . . . years of age. He is at least fifty (yean old). CHARACTEBISTICS OF PERSONS. 188 S* ip etn ^o^e^ 2((ter. 5)?etne ©^mejler ift no(^ nic^t munbig, 'ele ge^t in'g ai^te Sa^n Sie t|l no(^ minberid^rtg, ^te if] (^ro§ fiir i^r liter. £ iefc Dame ift in t|)ren Befien Sa^ren. (5te fte^t itt ber Stutl^e be^ 2e- @tc ifl ein grauenjtmmcr t)on mittleren Sa^ren. ©r fdngt an, ju altern. ®r tp nic^t fo (fe^r) alt (^r ijl tin gunfjiger* It is a great age. My sister is not yet of age. She has entered her eigliUr year. She is still a minor. She is tall for (of) her age. This lad^ is in the prime oi Hfe. She is in her bio 3m. She is a middle-aged woman, He begins to grow old. He is not so very old. He is between fifty and sixty, ©(fiKberungen »Ott ^Jer- fonen. ®r itt etn 5)?ann »on angene^* men ?0?anteren. ©r ijt ber bejle '^hn\^ »on ber ^elt. @r ift etn Idjltger !)D?enf(^. (£1 tjl ein 5^arr, <5r tjl etn fltnfer 5Irbetter. €ti tjl etn benfenber ^opf. 4t ijl »on guter gamilie. ^r ijl ein fe^r ctngebttbeter €^ ift fc^njer mit t:^m au^ju^ fontmcn. ®r tft etn fntcferiger ^ann. £r tft fteinmiit^^g. Characteristics of PersonB. He is a man of agreeabl* manners. He is the best man alive. He is a bore. He is a fool. He is a quick worker. He is a thinker. He is of a good family. He is a very conceited Lead He is hard to be dealt with He is 8 hard man. He is low-spirited. ia4 CHARACTERISTICS OF PERSONS. 3tt aUtn ^attdn gerec^t feim (Er ij! dn ignorant Sr ijl ein 5lu^gelernter. ®r ijl fein etgener .&err, @r ift ein wunberltc^er Tttn\^. ZCL^ ^at er ^erbient, ba^ ge* fc^ie^t i^m rec^t. ' ®r ifl in ©elbnot^. ©r ip einer (Sac^e mitbe* Sr ijl i)erbrieglid^, ®r n)irb jum Sefien ge:^alten, Sr i|l in ber 5^otL @r ift in )jeinli^er Ungemif^- ^eit (£r jle^t in gutem (f(^led)tem) 25erne:^men mit . . . ©r :^at nic^tg ijor mir ijorau^, ©r ifl toa^x tok ©olb. ®r ijl auf ^ Sleuferjle geBrac^t ©ie ijl Iernl6egierig» @ic iji fe^r eigen in \1)nx ^lei* bnng» ©ic ti^vit gem grog, ©r frielt ben fetnen ^errn, gin ^rofaifc^er mm\^. Cr i|i ein ?Wann »on Slalent. €r gilt fur einen 2Bi^!o|)f. ©ae fur ein furjee, bidce earf(!(d^en! To be jack at (of, trades. He is an ignoramus He is a knowing one. He is his own lord. He is an odd kind of man. That series him right. He is short of money. He is sick of a thing He is out of sorts. He is made sport of. He is in difficulties. 1 f e is tortured with suspense. He is on good (ill) terms with ... He is on even terms with me. He is true as steel. He is put to his trumps. She is of a studious turn. She is very particular in hej dress. She likes to show off. He sets up for a gentleman A matter-of-fact man. He is a man of parts. He passes for a wit. What ^ chunky little fel lowt SCHOOL DIALOGUES. Com Deutfd^ (Spret^cm 3(^ fprei^c nur gebro^en 3(^ fprei^e eg nur fe:^r mangel :^aft aBer ic^ J?erjle^c eg* 3d) fprec^e ntc^t »tel Deutfc^* ij(^ l^abt etnigen ^egrtff »om !Deutfc^en, 3c^ ^abe ju tDenig Uebung, ©ine folc^e 8pra(^e ijl Mog bur(^ »tete Uebung ju crier* tten. 3(^ finbe e^ f(^tt)er, l^eutfc^ ju fpre(^en» 3ci§ ee nic^t ©ie fe^en, bag id^ nii^t fc^i ml ttjeig. 3^r :2ef)rer ^at mlr bO(^ ge- fagt, bag (5ie fe^r gut ler* nett. 3c^ tDilnfi^te, bag bief tva^r tt)dre. I!^r ijl fe^r jufrteben mxt S^nen. SBerjie^en ©ie bag, wag tc^ 3^- nen auf (Snglifc^ fage? 3c^ i?erjle^e eg rei^t gut, aBer ic^ faun S^uen nic^t o^ne ge|)Ier antmorten, Dag n>trb mit bcr 3ett font- men; laffen ©ie fic^ baburc^ ntc^t abf(^recfen, 2Btc finben ®te metne 5(ug* fprac^e ? 3t^ finbe, bag Ste siemlti^ gut augfpred)en; bie englifc^e 5{ugfpra(^e ijl jeboc^ ikm* lic^ fc^wen 8ie miilTen ©elegenbeit fuc^en, »iel (Sngtifc^ p fpred}en. (£g fe^It ntc^t baran; aber ic^ bin ju f(^u(^tern; ic^ furcate, ju vlele ge|)Ier ju ma^en, 8emcn ©ie nur re(^t »ie(e bet gebrdu(^tid)jlen SBorter unb 3^ebengarten augnjenbtg ; au(^ eintge ®efprdd^e» 3^6 )»erbc 3^y^»t3^at5e folgen. Very well ; and this ? I do not know. You see, ] do not know very much. Your master told me, how- ever, that you are studyi Dg very well. I wish it were true. He is well satisfied with you. Do you understand what I say in English? I understand very well, but I cannot answer without making mistakes. That will come in time; don't allow yourself to be discouraged by that. How do you find my pro- nunciation ? Pretty good ; the English pronunciation is, how- ever, rather difficult. You should seek an oppor- tunity of speaking Eng* lish frequently. It is not wanting ; but I am too timid ; lam afraid of making too many mis- takes. Only learn by heart a good many of the words and expressions most in use,* also some dialogues. I shall follow your advice. OF THE FRENCH LAN(}UAGE. 13S Ccrgcjfen (Sie aber babet ba^ But at the same time do not ^8prid)u>ort nic^t : „ Uebung forget the proverb, *' Prac- mad^t ben ^OJcijler ' tice makes perfect." aScn ber franjofif(^en S to r a c^ e. Of the French Langua^, Spredjen ®ie grattjoftfd^ ? Do you speak French? Itonnen ^'u gran^ojlfi^ fprc* Can you speak French? ($ctt ? Sd) fprec^c e^ fe^r fc^Iec^t I speak it very badly. 3(^ n?erbe e^ noc^ beffer lernen. I shall learn it better. Ceruen ®ie f^on lange ? Have you been learning it long? 95or etnem Sa^re ^abe ic^ e^ I began it a year ago. angefangcn. 3d^ fe:^e, baf ®te leic^t lernen. I see that you learn easily. ?y?etne (gc^wefter ^at e^ erft My sister has just begun it. angefangen. 8ie »erfte^t f^on tin iijenig. She understands a little al- ready. SBa^ ^alten ®ie »on ber fran- What do you think of the jortft^en (Sprac^e ? French language ? €ie fommt mir jtemlid^ f(S^it)er It appears to me to be rather DOr. difficult. ®ie ijl ni(^t fo fc^n?er, n)te (Sie It is not so difficult as yon glauben. think. Siller 5lnfang ij^ fc^n?er, fagt Every beginning is JiScult, ba^ ©prtc^tvort* says the proverb. . 3Dte 2lu^fpra(te tft tttc^t Iei(^t, The pronunciation is not easy. ^htt man mu^ gejle^en, @ie But it must >e confessed that ^aben etne gute 5lu6fpra(^e. you pronounce well, ^ie fottten atte Slage granjb' You should speak French jtfc^ f^rec^en. every day. 140 OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. 5)a0 foflet mic^ »iele ^ix^t. Darau ift ?0?angel an Uebung ^lae (Sprec^en tvirb mtr Iei(^- ter, a(0 ba^ 3Serjle:^ett* Ta^ x% mil bie granjofen fe^r fc^nett fprecf^en. 3(^ lefe franjoftfc^e Sucker mtt ?et(^tig!ett jC'a^ granjofifw^e ifl eine fe^r .&eiit ju Slage fann !ein tcf>U* erjogener 5D?euf(^ fie entBe:^- ren. t)a^ Sefen guter SL^eaterj^iicfe bcforbert fe:^r ba^ (Spre^en, 3c!^ glaul)e e^ auc^, akr bie I think so too; but the select' Slu^ma^I i|l fc^tt)er» ing of them is difficult. That gives me much troiible That is from want of prac- tice. Speaking is easiei for me than understanding. That is because the Fren(;l> speak very quick. I can read French bookfi with ease. Frenoh is a very useful lan- guage. Now-a-days no well-edu- cated person can do with- out it. The reading of good plays is a very good help foi 2Ba0 ba6 fur ein ^errltc^e^ franjofif^e^ 33u(^ tj^ I SWai^e mirba^SSergniigen, mix (Stttjag barau0 tjorplefen. (Rec^t geriie ; ic§ roiU 1)ix ba^ ge^nte ^apitel lefen trel(^e^ tin 5D?ei(terflu(l »on ^tx^l tfl. Differ 5lbf^nitt ifl in ber %hat fe^r fc^on, aber Tu liefcjl niitt gut. iDu bill ju eintonig. 5Bie fod ic^ benn lefen? ©ofl i(^ biefen @a^ noc^ eIn* mat lefen ? 3a, fang noc^ einmal an. What a charming French book this is I Do me the pleasure to read me something of it. WiUingly: I will read yoi» the tenth chapter, whJcli is a masterpiece of stylo. This paragraph is indeed very beautiful; but you do not read well. You are too monotonous. How then shall I read ? Shall I read this sentence over ag^iin ? Yes ; begin again. BEFORK GOING TO f?CHOCL. 141 35or ber ^cbule* mn^tim, tjl e^ noc^ titc^t Beit in Me (Sc^ule 3U ge^en? 9?ctn, ^einri(^, e^ tjl erjl |)al^ ^annjl Du 3)eme 3(ufgabe? C gen^tg; ^eute !ann i^ meinc Mtion ijottfommen gut I n)te Mn t(^ fo fro^ ! 5Benn i(^ |)eute nic^t ber (£rjlc meiner piaffe n?erbe/tt)erbe ic^ tt)enig|len^ nii^t ixjeit ba- tton feim 3(^ meif meine 33crfe au^jven* big, »on etnem (£nbe jum anbern, o^ne p fel;(ett» SKittji Du mi(| ab^oren? 3(^ iiJitt meine franjijftf(|en Shorter noi^ einmal iiberle* fen* 3c^ ^aU Tie gej^ern 5lBenb in einer 3SierteIflunbe geternt Jpafl Du 3Deine franjortft^e Ue- berfe^ung gemai^t'^ ^en)ip ^abe i^ fie gcma(^t,unb ic^ ^abe mix mlt ^ixU ge- geben, um fte gut ju mac^en* 3c^ :^offe, ba§ ic^ nii^t »iele ge|)ler |>abe» 3eige mir fte* (Bit ifl in ber 3:bat fe^r gut gemad^t, i^ fe^e nur ^mi getter, ©elc^e? Da ftnb fie, corrigire fte. Befwe going to School. William, is it not yet time to go to school ? No, Henry, it is only half- past seven. Do you know your lesson ? Certainly; to-day I knovi^ my lesson perfectly well. How glad I am I If I don't get the first place in my class to-day, at least I shall not get far away from it. I know my verses by heart, from the beginning to the end, without mistake. Will you hear me? I will read over again my French words. I learnt them in a quarter of an hour, last night. Have you done your French exercise ? Certainly I have ; and I hav« taken great pains to do it well. I hope I have not ma(l« many mistakes. Show me it. It is indeed well done ; I see only two mistakes in it. Which are they ? Here they are: correct them 142 THE CLASS. 3^ tt)ugte nic^t bie Sonjuga* tion btefee ^dtmxt^ im gu- turum; e^ ift fe^r unregel* 3e^t n?irb e^ 3ctt feiit, ju gc- ^en, bamit ivir ttfd§t bie le^* ten fmb* I did not know how to con jugate this verb in th« future tense; it is quit€ irregular. Now it is time to go, or w€ may be the last. £if ^^uljluttbc. Die ®lO(fe ^atgefc^lagenj ivir wotten beginnen* bonnet \i)x eure Section? ©aget euer ©ebtc^t l^er. 2Bir ^aben e^ nt^t fitr ^cute ; (Sie ^aben e^ un^ fiir mor" gen aufgegebem jDann n?erbet i^r ee morgen ^erfagen. §abt i^r eure SBbrter gc* lernt? 3a, tt>ir fonnen fte gut tart, wte fannji t)n fagen: tt)tr fonnen fie gut; 3)u n^eigt bie ^dlfte nici^t. Sc^ glaubte fie ju fonnen. Eerne fte je^t bejfer. 3(^ merbe fie foglei^ o^ne get- ter tt)ijfen» t'U fie^fl ianid^ttn X)etn 33uc^, Sranj* Se^t fann i(^ fie. Wutt i|l'« rcc^t. C^g fe^lt Dir 5ftere bie not^tge 5lu6bauer. The Class. The hour has struck; let us begin. Do you know your lesson ? Say your poetry. We are not to say it to-day . you gave it for to-morrow. Well, then, you will say it to-morrow. Have you learnt your words ? Yes, we know them well. Charles, how can you say, We know them well? you don't know half of them. I thought I knew them. Learn them better now. I shall know them direct without fault. You do not look in youi book, Frank. Now I know them. Now it is right. Persev^ ranee is often lacking^ witii vou. THE WRITING- LESSON. 14S ??e^met cure Ueberfe^ung ! it)ir xooUtn jle corrtgiren, 3(^ fe^e bag Tt^ ni^t gut ge- mac^t ijl; i^r miigt fte Bt^ morgen noc^ etnmat ma* ^:oII [^ btefett (Sa§ ttO(^ ein- mallefen? 3a, fang noc^ einntal an. ga^re fort. ^Dae ift genug» Take your translation 1 " We will correct it now. I see that it is not well done: you must do it again foi to-morrow. Shall I read this senio.ice over again ? Yes ; begin again. Go on (continue). That will do. Die (Si^reibj^unbe, 3(^ fe^ne mtc^ fe^r, metne (Si^reibftunbe anjufangen ; fte ijl eine »on benen, n?cl(^e ic^ am Uebften :&abe. ©g freut mt(^ fe^r, Di^ in fo guter ©timmung ^u fe^en. ^ier fommt ber ©c^reibte^- rer. 3(^ tDttt Dir eine (Sta^tfebcr lei^en. 9)robire bief^ (5ie ift jlemlt(^ gut, a6er etn mentg ju wetd^ ; {(^ Hebe fte etma^ l^att. 4>ler ijl eine anbere, bie Dir rec^t fein tt)irb. 3a, mein ^err, biefe ijl »or- jugti(^. §lber ^atte bie Seber beffer. @ie barf tt)eber ^u f(^rdg, noci^ iu gerabe ge|)alten tver- The Writing- Lesson. I am anxious to begin my writing-lesson : it is one of those which I like best. I am glad to see you so well disposed. Here comes your writing-master. I will lend you a steel pen. Try this. It is pretty good, but a little too soft: I like it rather hard. Here is another, which will suit you. Yes, sir, it is excellent. But hold your pen better. You must not hold it ei- ther too much inclined, 01 too straight. 13 144 THE WKITING-LESSON . ^fitc In(^, bie ginger Mm |>a(tett ber Seber ju !rum^ men, fie gu !urj ober ju fefl iu fajt'en. SPperec^tfo? . I)a-^ ^alten ber geber i|! gut, akr bic ^altung be^ ^or^* 2Bie mu§ if^ benn fi^en? TtcLXi mu§ f{(^ gerabe ^alten, 9^ne ben ^opf auf eine ^ei- te ju netgen. T)U neigil ben ^opf ju fe:^r l^erab, iua^ ungefunb ifl unb ben Slugen unb ber 33rujit fd^abet, @te $aben mir btefe 9f^egeln f(^on eintge 5D?at gefagt, aber ic^ »erge(t'e fie tmmer, mt ®ebulb unb Slu^bauer itberit>inbet man x>itU 8(^njierig!etten. 5lBer i(^ fe^e, bag bie Dinte tin trenig ju bicf ijl, fie fik^t nti^t gut. 3^ (oiU eintge 3:roj)fen 2Baf* fcr ^ineingtef en. X)(ttv •i)inte tjt bejfer; nimm bieii* 3)intenfa6. 8Bo ift £ein Sineat unb !Dein 23Iei|tift? 3(^ i)?it( Dtr ei- ntge ^eiten lintren* ®o ^ait Du £)ftn Sofc^pa- ;?lerV Take care not to bend youi fingers too much wlieD holding the pen, nor to hold it too short or too fast. Is it right so ? Yes, you hold your pen rightly now, but not youi body. How must 1 sit then ? ' You must sit straight, with- out bending your head on one side. You incline your head too much, which is not good for the health, and hurts your eyes and chest. You have told me these rules several times, but I al- ways forget them. With patience and persever- ance you will overcome many difficulties. But I see your ink is a lit- tle too thick, it does m.t flow. I will put some drop? of Tar ter in it. This ink is better; take (his inkstand. Where are your ruler and your pencil? I will rule some pages for you. Where have you your blot* ting-paper? THE DRAWING-MASTER. 14)6 3d^ ^aBe!ein«{nbtefem^efte» I have none in this copy- book. D^ne Sofc^papter !ann man Without blotting-paper yo* fein ^eft nt(^t rem fatten. cannot keep your copy- book clean. D^! Wa^fe^ctc^? Dufi^rei^jl Oh, what do I see? You nii^t gerabe. don't write straight. Die Stnien ftnb au^genjtf^t. The lines are wiped out ^Wai^cDeineSuc^ftabenbeffcr, Form your letters better, na(^ ber 25orf(^rift. according to the copy. SWein 9)apier tft nt^t gut, e6 My paper is not good, it flie^t eitt n?entg. blots a little. X u briitf ft p fe^r auf bie ge* You press too much u])od ber, fc^reibe Ieid)ter unb your pen ; write more ea- langfamer* sily and slowly. Der S^^^^^^^^^^^* The Drawing- Master, J^etnrt($, unfer ^d^^tnU^nx Henry, our drawing-mastt^r tjl ba. is come. ®Uten 5}?orgett, ^err (S. Good-morning, sir. Do you 23ringen @te urt^ einige bringus some new copies? neue DrigtnaleV 3a, meinc greunbc^en, aber Yes, my little friends, but :^abt ®ebu(b, fe^et eu(^ ^u^ have patience, tate seats, erft, riiftet euer 3)a^ier, eurc prepare your paper, p€n« 23tet|ltfte, euer 9!»tnfel unb cils, brubhes and colors. eure garben. 9?un fmb n?tr berett. Now we are ready. SKerben ®te mtr ^eute ben Will you give me to draw ^opf su ^eicbnen geben, ben to-day the head which you <©ie mtr neult^ »erfproc^en promised me the otiiei ^abenV day? 36:) ttt(^t gaitj; i(^ tt)erbe aber gleti^ ferttg fctn. 3c^ trta X)ir batttt btefen ^iib- fd)ett 33lumen|lraug ju tna=' ^ett gebett, ber X)ir fc n>obI gefdat. 3ttge mtr "^ettte Sanbfcbaft !Da gibt e^ 3SteIe^ ^u »erbef=* fertt; btefe 33dume ^abett itic^t Mett gettug, ba^^aub ijl iti(^t ttatiirltc^, Sfi3te fittbeit ©ie btefe SBotlett? etc fd^etitett mir ju bttf ; grup* ^ire fie bejfer. tti^ biefer glug tfl itti^t gut gema^t, et f($etnt mtt ^i^ tebe(ft p fettt. ^M6:)' t^tt fliefenb. 3tt einem 5[)?onat t)?erben tt)ir tta(^ ber 9^atur jetc^nett. 3^ mo(^te auc^ gertte ^tn?a^ ttiit 5luf(^e ma^en. 13* Don't press so much upoH your pencil ; and cut a bet- ter point. Use your India-rubber ; bread-crumbs spoil the paper. Lewis, have you done (with) your landscape ? Not quite, but I shall have done directly. I shall give you then to paint this pretty nosegay which you like so much. Show me your landscape. Here are many things to be mended; these trees have not life enough ; the foli- age is not natural. * How do you like these clouds ? They seem to be too thick ; group them better. And this river is not well done, either ; it appears to be covered with ice. Make it flowing. II a month we shall begin to draw from na";ure. I should like also to do some* thing with China ink. 148 A GEOGRAPHY-LEttbON. ttnb i^, x^ mb^tt in Del ma- len lernen* JDa^ n?irt> ^Ile^ lommett. ®i* And I should like to lean painting in oil. All this will come in time One after the other. fBa^ Iflbte ©ecgraj^^ie? ©eograp^ie ijl bte Sefd^reiBitng ber (£rbe ; p^ le^rt un6 bte S'lamen unb bte Sage i^rer »crfc^tebeneit Sl^eite fentten, SBcI^eg i|l bie ® ejlalt ber Srbe? @ie tjl ruitb ; an ben Betben 9)0* len aber etma^ abgeptattet* SBorau^ kjle^t bic £)berfldc^e ber Srbe? 3um 2:^en au0 Sanb, pm 2:^eit au^ SBaffer. 2B{e t^etlt man bte (£rbe ein ? 3n fittif 2BeItt^ci(e : (Europa, ^ften, 5Ifri!a, Slmerifa unb 5lupralten, SBeld^e^ ij^ ber intereffantefle unter ben fiinf ffiettt^ctlen "^ Curopa, obgleic^ e^ ber flcinjle ©elc^eg ftnb bte ®rensen (Su- ro^a'^ ? C« grenjt gegen 9?orben an ba^ S^t^ineer; gegen Ojlen an 5(jten; gegen ©itben an ba« mittcKdnbifc^e 5)?eer unb A Geography- Lesson, What is Geography ? Geography is the descrip tion of the earth ; it teach es us the names and the position of its different parts. What is the form of the earth ? It is round ; but a little flat at both poles. Of what does the surface of the earth consist ? Partly of land, partly of water. How is the earth divided? Into five parts of the world, viz. : Europe, Asia, Africa, America, and Australia. Which is the most import- ant of them ? Europe, though it is the smallest. What are the boundaries of Europe ? Europe is bounded on the north by the Frozen Sea; on the east by Asia; on the south by the Mediter- AN ARITHMETIC-LESSON. ) i9 gegen SJeflen an bae atlan- tifc^e ^nx. 8BeIc^e0 fmb bteeinjelnenSdn' ber (Suropa'^ ? ^^fttib (55ro6britanmcn,Ddne^ marf, (S(^n?eben, S^luglanb, ^cEanb.^etgten, granfreic^, <®panien,3)crtiigat, Stalien, ^^mii Dej^retc^, 9)reugen, ba^ iibrige Deutfc^tanb, ©nc^enlanb unb Ungarn* S^enne mix etntge ber bebeu^ tenbfien ©tdbte in !Deutf^* (anb, Sertin, 2Bien, 3Dre^ben, Tim- c^en, on »ier^unbett fec^^ unb neun- 225 »on 496 bleiben 271, 9}?ulttplictre 180 mxt 6. Da^ ma^t ein taufenb unb SDbtbire 2535 bur(^ 15, £)er £iuottent ijl 169. ©rlldre mir, iDie bief gemac^t n)irb, 3c!^ fage 15 in 25 ge^t einmat; 15 »on 25 bleiben 10, 3^ fe^e bann bie 3 ^erunter: ba^gibt 103; 15 in 103 ift 6ma( entbalten, unb e6 blei* ben 13 iibrig. (£nbUc^ fe^e ic^ au^ bie 5 noc^ ^erab unb fage: 15 in 135 ge^t 9mal; 9mal 15 gibt 135; bUiht fcin fRt^. ©e^r gut; mein ^nabe, Da0 ijl genug fiir ^eute. ginbe eine unbefannte (Dropc au0 cincr befannten. How much is six and seven* teen and twen ty -three ? Forty-six. Now an example in Sub- traction. Subtract two hundred and twenty five from four hundred and ninety-six. 225 from 496 leave two hun- dred and seventy-one. Multiply 180 by 6. That is one thousand and eighty. Divide 2535 by 15. The quotient is 169. Explain how this in done. I say 15 in 25 once; 15 from 25 leave 10. I put down the 3, that makes 103 ; 15 in 103 goes 6 times; 13 remain. Then I put down the 5 and say 15 in 135 9 times; nine timea 15 make 135 ; nothing re- mains Very well, my boy. This is enough for to-day» Find an unknown from a known quantity. THE MUSIC-MASTER. 151 t)tx mu\itUl)xtx. ©a* weiben it)tr:^eute fpielen, J^err 33ern^arb ? tt)ir werben ba^ Duett no^ etnmal burt^ne^men, ba^ td^ 5)ir »orgeftern gegeben ^abe, (SJut; ^ier tfl e^. (E^ ifl fe^r let(^tjufptelen,unb bo(^ fannj^ Du e^ no(^ ni^t o^ne ge^Ier fptelen. Sd^ tDtCt mtr 5!)?u^e geben, e^ ^eute gut ju fptelen* i^alte Deine SSioline bejTer; Du jie^jl ben ^ogen nid^t rec^t: ber 3Sorberarm fott atleitt bettjegt trerben, Sj^e^beiTerfo? 3a, fa:^re fo fort* ^im, jirei, brei, »ter; fc^Iage bO(^ ben 3:a!t, ©ut; fo ift'g re(^t, ©c^Ieife bicfe ©tetle.— (2e^r gut* 2Btr tDoGen no(^ biefe Heinen ^rten fpielem €ie fmb ^errlic^, ^ler njotten tt)trfte^en Meiben^ The Music-Master. What are we going tc play to-day, sir? Nothing new, my dear ; wf shall go through the duet again which T gave you the day before yesterday. Well, here it is. It is easy to play, and yet you cannot play it with- out making mistakes. I will takes pains to play it well to-day. Hold your violin better : you don^t draw the fiddlestick well: the fore-arm alone is to be moved. Is it better this way ? Yes ; go on. One, two, three, four; beat the time (measure). Well, that is right. Slui this passage. Let us play these little i^irSj too. They are beautiful. Let us stop here. To Write a Ltiter. ©inen Srtef ju [(^ret- Ben. §aben ^k 33riefpapier V , Have you any letter-paper 7 3^ ^abe ein ganje^ 33u(^. I have a whole quire. 3c^ ^abe foeben tin fRk^ ba* I have just bought a ream »Ott gefauft. 152 TO WRITE A LETTEK. Srauc^en iSie ttroa^ ? 6 MEETING. INQUIKY AFTER HEALTH. Sc^ miff (Bk nt^t tdnger auf- 3^ Bebaure, bag S^r 33efuc^ fo lUTj gemefen i% fBann iverben n?tr ba^ ^Sergnii* gen ^aben, (Sie ttJieber ju fi ^en ? ©0 Balb ale mogttc^. ffio mcgtic^ fommeic^ morgen tt)teber» 3)en erfien freien SlugenBlitf. I will not detain you anj longer. I am sorry you have paid me so short a visit. When shall we have the pleasuie of seeing you again ? As soon as possible. If possible, I will come again to-morrow. The first leisure moment. 3(^ empfe^Ie mtc^ S^nen* I beg to be remembered kindly by you. 9J?etne (Smpfe^lung an S^ren My respects to your uncle. ^errit D^eim. ^mpfe^Ien (Ste mic^ S^rer Present my respects to youi grau ©ema^Ittt. lady. 3(^ trerbe ni^t ermangeln. 1 will do so. S5tele ®ru§e an 3bre ^Inber* My love to your children. tBegegnung. i^ragenac^ bcm 33efinben. (gntfc^ulbigen ©ie meine grei' ^eit, 8te anjureben. ©inb (Sic e^njirflid^? S53ic Ttnb ®ie (^cr)gelommen? S^ !am mit ber ©tfenbal^n. ©ie !ommen etwae unerwartet. 3n ber ST^at. ®ic gefdttt e^S^nen ^ier? ®tc jle^t eg mit 3^rer ©efunb- ^cit? Meeting. Liquiry after Health. Excuse the liberty I take in addressing you. Is it really you ? How did you come ? I came by rail. You come rather unex pected. Rather so. How do you like being heref How is your health ? MEETING. INQUIRY AFTER HEALTH. 167 Sg ge^t ertrd.olic^ betmir,unb n?ic ge^t e^ bet 3^tten? (Sie fe^en fe^r gut au^. 3ci^ befanb mt(^ nte i»ejfer, 5Bte gf^t e0 mtt ber ©efunb" ^eit S^re^ ^errn 33aterg? ^6 ip Ttod) immer betm 5lUett; unb tt?te bcftnbet fic^ 3:^re grau ? e>ie tjl ntc^t ganj tt)O^L SBa^ fe^Iti^r? ©ie ^at ficb evfdltet 3(^ bebaure fe^r, bieg jupren; e^ t)?irb m^ nic^t »on 23e- bcutitng fetn. Der ^^Ivjt befuc^t pe at(e Slage* (^r fajit, ba§ eg nic^t^ ju be^ beuten ^abe. ^k tjl Jeute urn i)teleg bejfer. ^ic fe^en nic^t fo gut au«,tt)te 3c^ ^abe (em) ^eftige^ ^o^f- tt?eb* (BU fe:^en bainac^ au^. ®e tt)irb balb »oruberge^en» cue beftnbet man jt(^ bet 3^ nen ju She has got a cold. I am very sorry to hear it. Nothing serious, I hope. The doctor attends her every day. He says that it will be of no consequence. She is a good deal better to day. You do not look so well 84 you used to do. I have a violent headacJie. You look as if you had. It will soon be over. How are they at home? They are all well. I am heartily glad of it. My sister was dangerouslj ill. She is nea?'ly recovered. 158 BREAKFAST. ©ie fi^etnt »ott ftarfer don^u She seems to have a strong tuttott JU fettt* constitution. Sinb (Sie l^eute fret ? Are you disengaged to-day I JEa;5.ne{nen'Ste,n)ennn>tr bte* What do you think of oiu fen^^acbmittagetnen Hetnctt taking a little walk this ^B^a^tergang mad)ten ? afternoon ? caben (^ie Bi^tt? Are you at leisure? ^oU i(^ ju S^nen !ommen, Shall I call on you, or will ober ttjollen ®ie mt(^ abl;o^ you come to my house? len ? 3^ tDcrbe @te urn ijter U^r I shall be with you at four. ab^olen, tnbeffen empfe^Ie In the mean time, I wish t(^ mtc^ ^f)nm. you a good-morning, ^eben (Sie moH, auf SBteberfe" Good-bye, sir, till we meet ^en. again. ®uten 2:a9. Good-day, sir. Sekn ©ie lt)O^I ! — 5lbteu ! Farewell ! — Adieu ! gru:^flU(l* Breakfast .^aben ©ie f^on gefru^fliidt? Have you breakfasted, sir? @ie !ommen pr rec^ten S^it You come just in time. Da^ gru^jliicf ift fertig. Breakfast is ready, ^ommen er ^ajfee jlar! ge- ^tf^mtn Bit mt^x diatom unb 3c^ trtnfe gem jiarfen ^ajfee, mit »tel 9f^a:^m unb 3it<^^^- Da ftnb ©emmein unb gerofte* te^ 33rob. ©entren (Ste ftc^ nic^t, tl)un @te, a(6 irenn @ie ba^eim (p ^aufe) voaun. Sinb (Sie f^on fertig? ^rtnfen a^r^afttg, S^ ^abe Slppettt befommen. SBclten ©te bte ^onneur^ bet 2:if^e maci^en ? J^ Dinner. Is dinner nearly ready ? At what time do we dine to- day? We shall dine at six o'clock. Is the table set ? Call for dinner. Ladies and gentlemen, din- ner is on the table. Sit down. I am really hungry, I have got an appetite. Will you do the honors of the table? 14* 160 AT DIITNER. 2BoIIen (Sie etn?a^ (Suppe? Will you take a little a* )upl 3(^ mo^te®ieumetn)a^3flet^- I will thank you foi a littk fuppe bitten. rice soup. Diefe^ Dc^fenfletfci^ tjl fe^r jart. This beef is very tender. Darf td^ 3^nen ein (BtM^tn May I offer you a slice of it? baoon anbieten? 5Ba^ cjTen ^ie ju 5|rem Dd^^* What do you takt with joui fenfletf^ ? beef? @ot[ t(^ 3^nen"®emufc ^orle- Shall I help you to some gen? vegetables? otten (Bit, »om rotten ober »om mi^txi ? 5(^ n)erbe mi(^ an ben dif^tin* min fatten* 23tttc fojlen erben fann. 5^ mug no(^ urn tma^ TOId^ Bitten, 3c^ iverbc etn 53utterbrob ne^* men, ©ie taJTen S^ren 2:^ee fait h?erben, ©et fo gut unb Hingte, 5Die§ ijl »ortreffIic^er SlBee. 2Bo faufen ®ie i^n? 3c^ faufe i^n bet . . » ®g ift ber bejle 3:^ee', ^affee- unb S^ocolabe-^aben, 3c^ n>ia S^nen (no^) tin ^au ht^ Sldjc^en einfc^enfen, ©ie ttjerben eg mtr nic^t ab- fc^Iagen. 3<^ ^abe fc^on bret Slaffen ge* trunfen unb trinfc nfc me^r* Every thing is on tKe table Does the water boil ? Tea is ready. Let it not be too weak. You do not give it time V draw. The tea must draw before i) is poured out. I will thank you for a littk more milk. I shall take a slice of bread- and-butter. Your tea is getting cold. Eing the bell, if you please. This is excellent tea. Where do you buy it ? I buy it at . . . *s. It is the best store, for tea, coffee, and chocolate. I will pour you out half a cup. You cannot refuse me. I have had three cups, and I never drink more. 9?a(tteffen, 5lbenbeffen, (Souper, Supper. SBotlen @ie ^eute hti mtr mtt Will you take suppei irltb etnem 5lbenb6rob corlieb me to-night? nebmen? ©e^r gerne, trenn (Bit hint Willingly, if you will um Umjldnbe mac^en njotlen. no ceremony. SUPPEB. 163 ®ctt:[§ m^L a?ine, bejletten ^ie nic^t^ 23c- fottbereg fur mii^» ai}ann effen (Sk gen?o^nIt(^ ju ^etliinmen (£{e etne Qtii, fc KDifi ic^ mi(^ einftnben. Slrag' bae (Sffen auf, mx ^ahtn oft falte ^it^e ^u 2Btr ^aben 9Zic^t^ al^ ein nje*- ntg falter Sleif^ unb etltc^e (ein paar) 5lujlent, ©jTen ©ie gem 5lupern? 3(^ bin ber 5[)Zeinung, ba§ »ie* le^ Sjl'en be^ 5lbenb^ nic^t gefunb ift, 3:rin!en ^ie »on biefem SBein, ben ic^ S^nen aU »ortreff=' Ii(^ emjjfeblen fann* Slber nun, mein ^txx, ift eg 3eit ^u ge^en, e^ trirb fpdt 3i^ bleibe nic^t gerne fo fpdt auf, ic^ gebe friib p Sette unb ftebe frii^ auf. S(^ xciU nc(^ ein tt?entg auf* bleibcn unb tefen. Srlauben erjli^ gern. Jaflfen ®ie un^ im 3?orbctge5en Sbren ^ruber mitne^mem S©ie e^ 3()nen gefdttig ijl. SBie n)dre e^, tx>enn tt)ir einen (Spajierritt (cine (^pajier* fa^rt) mad^ten ? I)ie ©tragen ftnb ju ftaubig, 2Bir n?oIIen W 33. ge^en, unb bann irieber umfe^ren. fiBerben n)ir noc^ 3^^^ ^or bent grii^ftiicf ^aben "^ SfBir ^aben ^intdngli(^ S^xL 2Bir fonnten fein fc^onere^ ^Better ^u unfercm fc^on etntge 3cit in ber ^lut^e, JBlii^en 3^re 2:ulpen fc^on ? ©ie f)CLhtn bereit^ abgeblii^t Die »^v)acint^en ftnb beina^e ooritben 2Bie angenebnt biefe S'lcfeba riec^t I . 5?un mug i(^ auc^ S^ren ^u* c^engarten befe^em 2Bie fd)on aSee ti?d^|l! 5^er 9^egen ijl fe^r njo^U^dttg gett>efen. JlOir beburften bcjyen. SBetc^e ^D^^enge ^raut unb 33Iu* menfo^I I 2Bir oerbraui^en »iel ba»on in ber ^auebaltung. ^kxi\t einfcbone^^Spargelbeet §aben (Sie 33c^nen gepflanjt? ?©ir baben faft ben gan^en (SJar* ten gefeben. Does it thrive in this cU mate? It flowers in the month of July, the hottest time of the year, and seems to succeed very well. You have promised to let me have a bunch of flowers. The garden begins to look pleasant. The roses have been in bloom for some time. Are your tulips in blow? They have already done blowing. The hyacinths are almost over. How sweet this mignonette smells ! Now I must pay a visit to your kitchen-garden. How every thing grows I The rain has done a great deal of good. We wanted it very much. What a quantity of cabbagei and cauliflower I We use a great many in the family. Here is a fine bed ot aspa- ragus. Have you planted any beans t We have looked over almost all the garden. DANCING. 169 5)fc ^flaumcnbdumc ^erfpre* gen. Die g^flaiimen fe^en an. 2Bie bic^t fte ^dngen 1 (Sie miiffen gelti^tet n^erbem tie 39dumf fcciben btefe^ 3a^r nic^t getragen. $lffe 5^ugbdume finb erfroren. i){efer 33aum trdgt rec^t 'okt (£r treiM fc^netf. Ditfe 3:rauben fmb fe:^r fru^-- ^etttg. Die Bdume in S^^rem DBjlgar- ten ftnb »ot(er griid^te. There is a great show of plums this year. The plums begin to set. How thick they hang I They want thinning. The trees did not produce this year. All nut-trees are blasted with cold. This tree is a good bearer. It is a swift comer. These grapes are very early. The trees in your orchard are loaded with fruit. Seim Slanje. Dcr 33at( tt?irb ntit einer ^olO" naife ercffnet. Wian engagirt f£$on* Darf id) 3()nen meinen 5lrm anbteten'^ ?Be(^'fd)one©efetIf(^aftI I ie Iciletten ber Damen fmb fet>i elegant. Jan^cit 8ie gem? ^(px gem. Sic tral^en n)unberf(^on. 2Bot(ten @ie mir too^ biefen Sontretanj genjd:^rett, ^a- bame ? (Ee ttjirb mir angcne^m fetn. At Dancing. . The ball will be opened with a polonaise. They are already taking partners. Will you accept my arm ? What a delightful party I The toilets of the ladies are very elegant. Do you like dancing? I am extremely fond of it. You waltz admirably. Will you do me the favoi to dance this quadrillf with me, ma*am ? With pleasure, sir. 170 THE THEATRE. SO^ein grduiein, barf t(^ (BU um bie S^re bitten, ben do* tiUcn mit mix ^u tanjen ? Darf t^ mix ertauben (barf tc^ bie S^re ^aben), @ie ^u . ♦ , engagiren ? . 3^ bebaure, iti) t^aht i^n f^on ^erfpro(^en, 4^ ijl mir ju tt?arm, i(^ moc^te lieber biefen 2:anj au^fe^en. Darf i(^ mir bann auf ben nd^t^:.i »g>offnung ma^en? 2Ber toixt) ^ortanjen ? ©riauben (Sie mir, ^?}?abamc, (Sie an einen fia^ ju fu^ren. ©^ ifl eine greube na(^ biefer ^Df^uft! ju tanjen, SBoSten ©ie mid^ nic^t biefer I)ame »orjleIIen '? Will you do me the lionoi of dancing the GermaD with me, Mi&s . . . ? May I have the honor of engaging you for ... ? I am sorry; I am alreaJj engaged, sir. I am too warm: I would rather not danoe this set. May I hope for the pleasure of the next? Who shall lead the dance ? Allow me, madam, to con- duct you to a seat. It is a pleasure to dance lo this music. Will you not introduce me to that lady ? 25 om (S^aufpieL 5Bir geben biefen 5(benb in'^ 2^beater. 2Bag tDirb Unit 5lbenb fiir cin (Btiicf gegeben '^ Die SSorjleUung biefen (^tiicfe6 ift bie morgen aufgefd^oben worben. ®0 ifi ein neue^ ©tiirf. Ttan fagt e6 fei »on . . . 3c!^ ^offe, eg wirb gut aufgt- nommen tt?erben. Da^ (Stii(f ttjirb i^m S^re ma* *Ctt. The Theatre, We are going to the theatre this evening. What is to be performed t(r night? The representati(^n of Ihif piece is put off till to morrow. It is a new piece. They say it is by . I hope it will take. This piece will gain liia some reputation. THE THilATRE. 171 ^it)lau0gejctc^nettnberorben» 5D?an lobt e^ fe^r. They speak very highly of it. 3Bann fdngt bte 3Sor|letCung When does the performance an ? begin ? 2Ber tritt auf ? Who perf Drms ? ©. hat eine ber ^auptroffen* S. will act one of the prin- cipal parts. 3n etner (Stunbe n)irb man In an hour's time there will fc^on feine Stttete me^r Be- not be a ticket to be had. !ommen fonnen. ;j(^ ^abt refer^irte 95la^e, I have reserved seats. £)te ^affe i^ no(^ ni(^t offen. The office is not yet open. Da^ ^au^ fdngt an, [a^ ju The house is beginning to fiitten. fill. ©a^ ^au0 ijl gebrdngt »ott. The house is full to over- flowing. S[53ie »iele ^!te ^ai ba^ 'BtM ? How many acts has the play? (Still ! ber SSor^ang ge^t auf. Hush I the curtain rises. Die Deforationen unb 5lnjuge The scenery and dresses are ftnb njunberf^on. really very fine. Die ^c^aufpieter fpielen i^re The players perform theu ^otlen au§erorbentIic§ gut. parts exceedingly well. I itfer ©c^aufpieler tritt ^eute This actor make? his first jum erften ^a( auf. ■ appearance on the stage. ©er fpielt bie 3^oIIe be^ . . . ? Who acts the part of ? Die§ ijl cine fel)r fc^ttjere dio\U. This is a very difficult cbar racter. 15* 172 THE THEATRE. '£tefer (Sd^aufpieter ^at qrofe 5lnlagem £r ^at tintn fc^onen 3Sortrag. ©eine 23ett?egung ijl tM, fc^on ' unb leic^t. ®r fpielt feine !Rot(e fe^r gut. (£r :&at feine fRciUt »ortreffIt^ aufgefagt. ©r fpielt meifler:^aft (£r ibefriebtgt »ot[!ommen. ®r ijl ein guter ^omtfer. (£r jetd^net fid) im !2upfpiet au^, 3nt 2:rauerfpiel ift er fc^Iec^t. ©eine 33en)egung ijl ftcif unb ae.;in)ungen. 2Ba6 fallen (^ie »on ber ncuen (Sc^aufpielerin ? 3:ro^ i^rerSugenb l)at |ie (^ra- jie unb einen ric^tigen 35or^ trag. ©ie ijl mit einem eblen ^leujern unb eitiem f^onen £)rgan au^gej^attet. J)a^ 3:^eater n)irb getx>i§ an i^r eine gute ^cquifiticn ge* mac^t ^aben. ti?fe^ (BtM \\i in ber 3:^at intereflfant ; e^ ent^dlt aber ju ^iele 33orfdt(e, n^elc^e nid^t jur Sntrigue ge^oren. 3d^ beu!e, e^ fott fit^ auf bem JRepertoir erbalten; ee ^at ba* ^ublifum enUiicft. This actor has great powers He has a fine ieliTery, His action is noble, fine, and easy. He acts his part ver^ Tce.'l. He has a perfect conception of his part. He performs in a masterly manner. He gives entire satisfaction He is a good comic actor. He excels in comedy. He acts badly in tragedy. His action is stiff and con strained. What dc you think uf tne new actre?s? Notwithstanding she is so young, ber motion is very graceful, and her delivery correct. She is endowed with a noble appearance and a fine tone of voice. She will undoubtedly be a great acquisition to tlie theatre. This play is truly interest ing, but too much crowded with incidents not essentially connected with the plot. I think it will continue to be acted : it has delighted the audience. A CONCERT. 178 sber SOor^ang x\\ gefaflen, taf* fen ®ic un0 gel)en. The curtain has dropped, let us be gone. SBott ctnem Sonjcrt. ®a^ gi^t e^ 33orpgIi^e^ (tjl bae Sej^e) tm ^euttgen Son* jcrt? on grog em Umfarg unb grogerSflein^ett, ^crr ^, fplelt mit grojjer ger* ttgfeit, aber .g)crr 5?., n)ie mir fc^eint, mit mebr ®efc^macf, 55etDunbern ®te nidjt grduleiii S; , » /^ Sttmme "^ 3(^ ^orte ttte ein angene^meres^ 2ieb; e^ ift, glaube i(^, tton .& » . . ccmponirt, 2Btr n?erben ein fc^one^ el- c|e ttur i^m eigen ftnb* 9?a(^ bent Duett iu ber erflen 5lbt|)e{Iung erfc^atlte »on al* len titm u* f. to. 3c^ banfe 3:^nen ; ein n^enig 5^a(^ben!en fottte mir gefagt i^abtn voa^ fo fell>ft»erjldnb' li(^ i|t. 2Do(^ it)a6 Bebeutcn bie 23u(^j!a^en unb 3iff^i^ti am gufe gemiflfer (Seiten? Oa^ rii^bbie3ei(^enbe^3)ru(f- cr^, irb» Da i^ auf meiner 0letfe burc^ On Books — Size, Binding, Editions, Will you explain to me the meaning of the terms, folio^ quarto, etc., relating to the size of books ? With pleasure: nothing 1 easier to remember. Folio is the largest size, the sheet of paper being mere- ly folded in two leaves, thus giving four pages. And what are quarto, octavo, duodecimo,sixteenmo,&c.1 Precisely what the words in- dicate: that is to say, a quarto is folded into four leaves or eight pages; an octavo, into eight leaves or sixteen pages ; a duodeci- mo, into twelve leaves or twenty-four pages, etc. I thank you : a little reflec- tion ought to have told me what is so manifest. But what do the letters and figures signify which are at the bottom of cer- tain pages ? They are the printer's marks^ called signatures, to indi- cate the order of the sheets. As I shall want to buy 178 ON BOOKS, ETC. I/eutfc^Ianb einige 33u(^er ju faufen n^unfi^e, fo mod)te tc^ gerne tttoa^ Slu^funft ixUx bte »erf(^iebenett Slrten be^ beutfc^en ©tnbanb^. Hiuit ^at ungefd^r btefelben (SinMnbe in Deutfi^Ianb, bte irir ^tx ^aben, ndmli(^ : granjbanb, ^albfran^banb, 9)appbanb (cartonnirt), in Seinwanb, ge^eftet obcr bro* (^irt; in gran j, in ©afftan, in Su^ten, in ^alb^Ieber, in (S^afleber, in 9)ergament, mit ©olbfc^nitt, ntarmorir* tern, gefprengtem ®^nitt; ttergolbet, blinb gepref t (an* tif) u. JhJa^ ^alten ®ie fiir ben bej^en Sinbanb ? Der bauer^aftefie o|)ne B^^^tfel ift ber Sui^tenleberbanb mit ©olbfc^nitt; bod^ tx)iirbe i(^ • fiir ben gen^o^nlic^en ©e* biaucb ^albfranj empfe^Ien. fl0(S cine grage ; auf einigen 23iici^er*2^iteln jlc^t „neue ^u^gabc, ' auf anbern „neue ^uflage/' ©ntfprec^en nid^t 6eibc ^u^britcfe unferem "new edition''? Seibe SSenennungen n?erben oft au(^ inDeutfc^Ianb gteid^be- beutenb gebrau^t ; *^oc!^ a«' some books on my travels through Germany, I should like to get some inform- ation about the differem styles of German binding They have pretty nearl} the same bindings in Ger many as we have here; uamely : full binding, hall binding, in boards (car- tonn6), in cloth, sewed or in paper ; in morocco, in extra morocco, in Russia, in calf, in sheep, in vellum ; gilt edges, marbled, sprin- kled edges; gilt, blind- tooled (antique), &c. Which do you consider *he best sort of binding ? The most durable, unques- tionably, is Russia leath- er, with gilt edges; but for ordinary use I would recommend plain hal f morocco. Another question ; on sunir titles of books ,,neue ?lue gabe" is imprinted, on erdnberter 5lbbru(f einer ©(^rift in bemfelbengorma- te ; mnn abtv tin 2Ber! in »erdnbertem gormate ober mit SSerdnberuttgen im 5n* ^att »on neuem gebrurft tt)irb, tvirb e^ „tteue Sluega* be" gcnannt taken there is the follow- ing difference : „Sflmt 5(uf- lage" is a new unchanged reissue of a work in the same size; but when a work is reprinted in a new size, or with alterations in the contents, it is callw' ,,neue Slu^gabe/' Ueber beutfc^e 9)rofa- bii^tung. 2Borttt befte^t ber Unterfc^teb jiDtfc^en Olomatt unb 9Zo- vcKc? Dcr ^f^ottettijl erjd^It irgenb ci- ne ^ara!terij^tf(^e Segeben* beit in gebrdngter lebenbiger aBeife o^ne bei (Sinjeln^et* ten ju ijemetlen bte ni^t birelt mit ben ^auptc^ara!- teren in ber ©r^d^Iung ^u- fammen^dngen* ttttb ber 3flomanfc^riftftetIer? ®ibt un0 etn Seben^bilb in gr5§erem 5!J?a§j^abe : mit au^fii^rtic^er ©ntwidetung ber in feiner (Srjd^Iung n?tr!- famen ?!}?ott»e unb S^ara!- tere, unb mit bctaitlirter <5dbitberung ber3ett unb be^ On German Prose Fiction, What is the distinction be- tween Pieman and ^t>* DeUe '^ The writer of the ^COtUt narrates some character- istic event in a brief and spirited manner, without dwelling on details which do not directly relate to the principal characters in his narration. And the writer of the dlo* man? He gives us a picture of life on a larger scale, with com- plete development of the working-motives and cha- racters in his narration, and with a detailed de- scription of the time and 16 180 ON GEllMAK PKOSE FICTION. Zxt^ XV bte fdne ^anblung »erlegt ijl, 8S3a^ ift ein Slenbenj Otoman? Die ^eranf^aultc^ung etnei reltgiofen, foctalen oberp^i*' lofop^ifc^en 3bee, SBa^r^ett obcr 2;enbenj in ber gorm fi3ir!t ni^t folc^e 3:enbenj ober befonbere Slbfic^t oft prenb in ber ^rjd^lung ? 3a, ber beutfc^e ©c^riftjlefler erge^t H^ leiber ju oft in feinen Z^tcxkn auf ^ojlen ber »g)anblung, 2Ba^ l^alten @ie »om ^ijlori* fc^en !Roman'? SBenn ber ^ijlorifc^e Otoman* ((^riftfleCer rtd[) bef(^rdn!t auf eine getreue ®d)tlberung einer Qdt, txnt^ 33ol!e^, c^a* raftertjlif(^er ?D?omente be^ Sulturleben^ unb biefe be* nu^t jur ©taffage feiner Dic^tnng, fo ^at ber i^ifto- rifd^c 9toman moW eine ^erec^tigung al^ ^un|l- ttjer!. 83itte, empfe^Ien ®ie mir eini- ge ber neuejien S^lomane. ®e»if» 9?urfpannen®ie3^re (Srwartungen nit^t ju ^oc^. 3nt S^iomane fte^en tt>ir ^in* place in which the action is laid. What is a Slenbenj SRoman ? The exposition of a religious, social, or philosophical idea, truth, or tendency, in the form of a novel. Does not such a tendency oi special purpose often in- terfere with the narra- tion? Yes ; the German author, I am sorry to say, too fre- quently becomes involved in his theories at the ex- pense of the action. What is your opinion of the historical novel? If the writer of an historical novel confines himself to a faithful description of a time, a people, of charac- teristic phases of civiliza- tion, using them as frame- work for his fiction, the historical novel may have a just claim as a work of art. Please recommend me some of the later novels. Certainly: but do not ex- pect too much. In novel- writing the English ari ON GERMAN PROSE FICTION. 181 ter ben ©ngldnbern unb tt)er* ben fte f^n?erli^ fo balb er* rei^en. ©onberbar, S^re ^tteratur ip fo nid} an grogen SBerfen auf aflen anbern (I3ebieten. Un^ fe^U no^ ba^ offentlic^e Seben ber ©ngldnber unb granjofen, 2Ba^ aber bem beutfd^en ©(^rtftf^eHer an lebenbiger S^^aratterifti! ab^ (je^t; ba^ erfe^t er burc^ (£nt^ iDitfelung »on ©ebanfen unb ^mpfinbungen, burc^ fcinere 33etrac^tungen iiber ^unjl unb aUgemetne menfc^Iic^e SScr^dltntiTc. SBurben ®ie mir nic^t ratten erjl etnige letc^te ^ouUm lu lefen, e^e ic^ Sftomane au^ ne:^me ? ©ie fofiten mtt ber einfad^ften ©rjd^Iung beginnen, jum 33eifpiel mit ben 5}?dr(^en oon ®rimm, «&auff unb Slnberfen, D, biefe !enn' ic^ feit meiner ^ittb^^ettaueUeberfe^ungen, Urn fo leister njtrb S^nen ba^ 23erftdnbmg ber ©prad^e; auferbem trerben etfe, „Sa SfJabbiata" tjl tin tlti' nc^ 3Wci|lermer! be^ (St^te^ uub feiner d^dxattm^it S^ ^abt ba»ott gebort gerner empfe^Ie ic^ S^nen bte fotgenben (S^riftjletter : — Slbalbert ©tifter, be- fonbere beffen „@tubien;" ben beltebten 2B i I b e I m ^ a uff (33ettlerin t)om9)ont be^ 5im); tieip „TO- d)ael ^oblbaa^ ;" ben pcpu- Idren 3f^*>^^^; ben tief- fii^lenben Seopolb ^Sc^e- fer; 3:^eobor ©torm (Smmenfee) ; Hermann ^urj, Sternberg, riingeljlebt^^artmann, DttiUe, SBilbermut^, !l!)?arte ^^^at^ufiu^, k. Woc^ nannten ®ie !eine ber 5)orfgef^ic^ten, an benen S^re :2iteratur fo reic^ tjl. fBcit ber meifl barin ange* tt)anbte Dtalelt bie lecture erf(^n)tertgt. Do(^ biirften @ie immer^tn ben SSerfuc^ mac^en.- 2jte erjle gute 5)orf- gff(^i(^te ,,^er Ober^of/' er* Take, after these, the Tales of PaulMeyse, and obfc,erve the difference in the man- ner of writing. " La Eab- biata" is a little master- piece of style and analysis of character. I have heard of it. Then I recommend you the following writers: Adal- bert Sfifter, especially hia ''Studies;" the favorite Wilhelm Hauff (Beggar- Maiden of Pont des Arts) ; Kleid's ''Michael Kohl- haas;" the popular Zchok- ke, the warm-heartf d Leo- pold Schefer^ Theodore Storm (Immensee), Her- mann Kurz, Sternberg^ Dingelstedt, Hartmann, Ot- tilie, Wildermtithy Marie Nathusius, etc. As yet you have mentioned none of the village stories, in which your literature is so rich. Because the reading is made difficult by the dialect generally used in them. Nevertheless you might try them. The first good village story, " Der Ober 16* 184 ON GERMAN PROSE FICTION. jd()U un^ Smmermann in fetnem ,,5}?un(^^aufen/' tat nic^t Sert^olb 3(uer- bac^ biebefleuDorfeefc^icl- ten gefi^rieben ? B uerba^ §at in ber Sl^at bte- fern ®enre ^a^n gebroc^en, unb feine ,,eijerleben^. S'lun bitte id^ einige S^tomane ju nennen, ^'^ur furd^te i(^, meine Sijte tt)irb ju grop* i)ann f^Iiegen ®ie |te mit 5lucrba^'6 ,,5luf ber »g>o^e/' bent bebeutenbjlen S^omane ber ®egenn?art D nein, fo (eic^ten kauft^ font- men arafter6. Wennen ®ie mir einige feiner flftcbid&te, tic gan^ befonber^ Undoubtedly : you should always alternate j rose and poetry in your reading. What shall I begin with ? With the lyric poem in it» simplest form. Where shall I find the best examplevS of that ? In Goethe and Uhlan d and in the most of our folk-songs. Which are the most popular poets of the modern time? Put your questions in refer- ence to the different kinds of poetry, and I will name some poets as examples of each one. Which are the most import- ant lyric poets or song- writers ? After Goethe and Uhland. Heine; then Elchendorff^ Chamisso, E'dckert^ Anas- tasius GriXrij Lenau^ Frei- ligrath^ and Geibel. Why did you not mention Schiller f Schiller is no song- writer: his lyric poems are mostly of a reflective and didactic character. Mention to me a few of hii poems that come particu- ON GERMAN POETRY. 18S biefer e^arafterifli! entfpre- ,,Dte Sbeale/' „1}ie ^unp- ,/Da^ :2ieb tjon ber ®(orfe/' gH^ren'Sie mix einige ©ebic^te rein bibaltif^en S^^aralter^ an» ©ot^e'^ „^etamorp:^ofe ber 5)flame/'©^iner'^ „Da^ 5bcal unb ba^ Seben/' 3*lu(fert'2; „tk j!erbenbe 23Iume/' SBeli^e l^i^ter culti»irten fajl au6f^lie§li(^ bie (content* platbe) biba!ttf(f;el)ic^tung? Seopolb (S^efer (Saien* brevier); (BalUt (^aien* e»angclium); Sutiu^ jammer (vSc^au in bic^, fc^au urn bi^)» 93ejeic^nen (Sie mir etnige ?D?u* Her ber ^^ri! in i^rem ge^o^ Ibenften 5(ugbrucfe» Hlopftocf'^ ,,Dbe an ®ott/' „i:fr3ur'c!)erfce;"(S3 5t^e'^ „^eine ®ottin;" ^^^a^o- tnet'0 ©efang;" „^>rome' t^en^;" „^efang ber ®ei- fter;" (Bd)\lUf^ „T)a^ (£Ieufif(^e geft;" ,,1Dtt^9- rambe;"^oIberIin'^ ,,5In ben 5(et^er;" 9)Iaten'e larly uader this descrip- tion. ^'TheMightof Song," "The Ideals," "The Artists," "The Walk," "The Song of the Bell." Give me the names of a few poems of the simply di- dactic order. Goethe's "Metamorphosis of the Plant," Schiller's "The Ideal and Actual Life," RilckerVs " The Dying Flower." What poets have culu/ated almost entirely the (con- templative) didactic poem? Leopold Schefer (The Lay- man's Breviary) ; Sallet (The Layman's Gospel) ; Julius Hammer (Look into You, Look about You). Point out some specimens of the lyric poem in its most elevated expression. Klopstock's "Ode to God," "The Lake of Zurich;" Goethe's "My Goddess," " Mahomet's Song," " Pro-- metheus," ">onj; of the Spirits;" SchiUe^^'s "The Eleusinian Festival," " Dithyrambe ;" Holder^ lin's "To the Ether;' Platen^ s "Aqua Paolina." 190 ON GERMAN POETRY. (Sintge 93rol6en ber (Sleoiie. ® 1 ^ e'^„^up^roftne;"@ (^ i I* ler'^ ,,9)ompeii unb ^er- fulanum;" ^olt)?'^ „(£Ie* gte auf etn Sanbmdbc^en/' ©em befottbcrg »crban!en @ie ba6 gei|lUd)e ^teb ober bte flu6 dlterer 3ctt: Sutler, ©erH^bt, ©c^moltfe, Slerjleegen; au^ bcrneu* erett3eit: ®cnert,5(tber- tint, 3)uc^ta, ^naj)j), (Spttta u, f. it)* 28el(^e,ig fmb bte fogenannten gret^ett^' uttb S3aterlanb- fdnger? §lntbt,(5c^ett!ettborf,^or- Iter, U^lanb, fKudtxt SBeI(^e !Dt(^tcr htm^xttn \i^ im !|)oIitif(^eu unb fo^ialen ©ebtd^t? i&offmann »on gallery- leben, ©run, ^Jreiltg- rat^,$>ru^;Din9eIjlebt, ^crtt>eg^,^inlel,?[;?etg- ner* fDeld)e :2^rtfer geben S^ugnig »on §umor? eHtt^iffo, ^optf^, (Sriin, ^etnicf, ®aub9. SBelc^e^ finb bie populdrjlen Dialeftbi^ter? Ufteri (im 3urid6er Dialect); Some specimens of the elegy Goethe's "Euplirosyne;* Schiller's " Pompeii and Herculaneum ;" HoltyU "Elegy on a Country- Girl." To whom do you especially owe the religious song or hymn? Of olden time, to Luther, Gerhardtj /Schmolcke, Ter- steegen: of the modern time, to Gellertj Albertini, Puchtaj Knappy Spitta, etc. Who are the so-called poeta of liberty and fatherland (patriotic poets) ? Arndt, Schenkendorfy Komer^ Uhlandf Ruchert, What poets were successfiil in political and social poe- try? Hoffmann von Fallersleben, Gruriy Freilig^rath, PrutZy Dingelstedtf Herweghy KiU' kely Meissner. What lyric poets gi^e eri- dence of humor? ChamissOy Kopischy Grun^ Reinicky Gaudy, Which are the most populai poets in dialect? Usteri (in the dialect of Zu* ON GERMAN POETRY. lyj ^ebet (atfemannift^) ; ^o* bcn(pfdtatf(^);gri^3^eu- tcr unb ®rotb (platt- beutf^), IBelc^er !25?rifer ijl nac^ ®ot^c ber fru(^tbarfle unb »telfei* tigfte? grtfbrt(^ 3^urfert: au^" Qejcic^net in alien ®attun=' gen ber S^rt!; 5)?eijler in al- ien gormcn; uniibertroffen ate (Sprac^fiinjller. ^e "Dieter bra^ten btc antife gorm am ndd^jten pr SSottenbung '^ 5lIop|^oii,^oIberUn,9)la- ten (am retnjlen in ber £)be). 2Ber erreit^te bte p^fte gorm- »ot(enbung ? 9) I a t e n ; ebenfc muper^aft in ber orientalif^en, aU ber antifen gorm. Skr mai^te bte orientalif^c 2)i(^tung burd> gliidltc^e 9la(^bilbung einbeimif(^ in 2:)eutf(^Ianb? Berber, dJbt^c unb, cor 511* ten, 91 it tf e r t, 3lu(^ ^ a m* mer-9^urgjtall unb33o- benjiebt (Steber bee !)D?trja @(!^aff9) finb bi^r SU nen- ttm. rich), ZTefie*^ (Allemanic)^ Kobell (of the Palatinate)^ Fritz Eeufer and Giyiih (Low German). Who, after Goethe, is the most prolific and versatile lyric poet? Friedrich Eiichert^ dklin- guished in all depart- ments of lyrical poetry; master of all forms; un- surpassed as an artist in language. Which poets brought the antique form nearest to perfection ? Klopstocky Holderlin, Platen (especially in the Ode). Who attained the highest perfection of form? Platen, — classical as well in the Oriental as in the an tique form. Who succeeded best in natu- ralizing Oriental poetry in Germany by imitation and reproduction ? Herder, Goethe, and, above all, Ruckert, Also, Ham- mer-Purgstall a,nd Boden- stedt (The Songs of Mirza Schaffy) should be men tioned 17 192 ON GERMAN POETllY. mM)t^ ftnb bie bejlen gabet- Mc^ter? ©leirn, ©ellert, ^i^trctx, ^effing, ^icolai, 3)fef^ fet 2Son n?em ^abcn Sie bie 9>a- rabel? SScn Berber m\t ^rumma* (^cr (in 9)rofa); in gebun- bener Sorm »on S^lutfert. ^icnnen (Bit mix einige aUt* gorifc^e ©ebic^te* SBiirger'^ „33lumc^en 2Bun- bcr^olb;" %itd'^ ,,:Die 3)^antarte;" UH^nb'g ,,5)?drc^en," S03er fine bie SSerfajfer ber gc* (ungenjlen (Spigramme unb ®nomen (^pritc^e) ? ?ogau, ^d finer, :0 effing, »g>aug, ®ot^e, ®d)iner, ©^leget, Oliicfert, 9)Ia- ten. 2Ber bereii^erte bie beutf^e Siteratur mit ben ttoqiigti^^ flen 9^omanjen unb 23atla- ben? fiiirger (l^enore; ber n)ilbe 3dger;ba^ Sieb »cm bra* »cn ?!}?ann); ©ot^e (ber ^ijnig in S;|)ule; SrtfO' nla; ber (Sdnger; ber gi- fc^er; ber 3^ii^crle^r(ing jcO ® filler (ber Xauc^er; Wc ^ranic^e be^ 3&i!u0; Who are the best writers oi fable (or fabulists) ? Gleifn, Gellerty Lichtwer^ Lf^ dnffj Nicolai, Pfefftl. From whom have you the parable ? From Herder and Krura- macher (in prose) ; in verse^ from R acker t. Tell me the names of some allegoric poems. Biirger^s " Flower wondrous Sweet;" Tieck's ''Phan- tasy ;" Uhland's " Fairy Tale." Who are the authors of the most successful epigrams and griomes (maxims) ? LogaUj Kdstner, Lessing^ Haug, Goethe. Schiller Schlegel, Ruckert, Platen. Who enriched German lite- rature with the best ro- mances and ballads ? Burger (Lenore; Song ol the Brave Man; The Wild Huntsman); Goethe [The Kingof Thule; Erl-King; The Minstrel; The Aug ler; The Conjurer's Ap- prentice, etc.); SchUUf (The Diver: The Cranei ON GERMAN POETRY. i9A ter ©aug nac^ bem (Sifett" |)ammer; ber ^ampf mit bem Drai^en; ber ®raf »on ^ab^burg, :cO ; SHiJ^Ufo (beralte ^iito; ber Sett^* (er uitb fein §unb ; bie ^b" mfrtbraut); U^laub (ba^ clcfee^ fmb bte fc^onj^en @r* jd^Iungen in Slerjinenform? tt^amiffo'^ „@ala^ ^ ®o^ mc3 ' unb (Sc^elling'^ ,,bte (e^ten 2Borte be^ ffax^ rer^ ju Drottning/ S33elc^e^ (S^ebic&t ^dlt man fiir ba6 befte 5}?ufter ber Sb^Gc (be^ ib^ttifc^en (£po^)? ij) 1 ^ e'0 „^ermann unb 1^ oro- of Ibicus ; The Message to the Forge ; The Fight with the Dragon; Rudolf of Hapsburg, etc. ) ; Chamissc {The Old Miller; The Beggar and his Dog; The Lion's Bride); Uhland (The Castle by the Sea; The Goldsmith's Daugh- ter; The Luck of Eden- hall ; The Minstrel's Curse; Count Eberhard; Bertran d de Born ) ; Schwab (The Thunder-storm ; The Horseman and the Lake of Constance) ; Kerner (Emperor Rudolph's Ride to the Grave); Flaten (The Pilgrim before the Monastery of St. Justus; The Grave in the Busen- to) ; also, Heine, Ruckert, Grurij Zedlifz, Freiligrath^ Simrock, Ge'ihel, etc. Which are the most beauti- ful narrations in triplets ( Terz'a rim a) ? Chamlsso's ''Salas y Gomez;" Schelling's '' The Last Words of the Curate ot Drottning.'* Which poem is considered the best example of the idyl (idyllic epos) ? Goethe's '' Hermann arid JM 194 ON GEKMAX POETRY. ber ^unj^" Qtnaunt Sii^rcn (Sie no(^ eintgc anbere 33et|>tele ber Sb^tle an» 93of^'6 ^ouife, unb „ber 70te ©eburt^tai] ;" .g>eber^ ,,bie SBtefe;" (EberHrb'e ,,«g)ann(^en unb bte ^iic^* (ein ;" 5}? r t ! e'« Sbjjfle »om SBobenfee, SBeld^eg finb bte :^er»orragettb^ ften epif(^en ®ebt(^te? t(opjlocf'^„«l}?effia^;"^er' ber'^ ^'Der Sib;" SBte* lanb'0 ,,Dbercn;" ©c^ul* je'g „bte 33ejaubcrte 9f^ofe;" 3ebtife'^ ,,ba^ 2CaIbfrdu- lein;" ?enau'0 „(Sat)ona- rota;" ®run'^ ,,bte le^ten Skitter;" ^infeT^ „£)tto ber @(^u^;" ^ti^ntf^ r,3t^ta;"@imrotf'^„2Bte- lanb ber ©c^mteb;" 3^1 eb* n)i§'^,,5lmarant^;" ®c^e* renber^'^ ,,2BaterIoo;" ^tdtf^ /Sung grtebeL" (EBcIc^e^ fittb bte nam^afteflen fomifc^en ober ^umortfltfd^ett ©pen? ®ot^e'^ „9^eine(fcb(rgiid&^;" ^ortum'0 ^Sobftabe;" 3mmermann'^,,2;ultfdnt' c^en ;" (55 r u n'^ „9Hbelungeji km Sra li ;" .& e 5? f e'6 , 33raut rothea," called l»y Platea "the pearl of art." Point out a few more exu rr. pies of the idyl. Voss's " Louisa/' and "The 70th Birthday;" IlebePi ''The Meadow;" JEber- hard's " Hannchen and her Chickens;" Morike'n ''Idyl of the Lake of Con- stance." Which are the most pi emi- nent epic poems ? Klopstock's "Messiah ;" Her^ der's " The Cid ;" Wieland's "Oberon ;" Schulze's " En- chanted Rose;" Zedlit^s "The Maiden of the Woods;" Lenau's "Savo- narola;" Gran's "The Last Knights;" KinkeVs " Otto the Archer ;" Meiss- ner's " Ziska ;" Simrock'8 "Wieland the Smith;" Eedwitz's " Amaranth ;" Scherenherg's "Waterloo;" Becker's "Young Friedel." Which are the most famous comic or humorous epic poems ? Goethe's "Reynard the Fox ;" Korf urn's " Jobsiad ;" Im- mermann's " Tu 1 if ant' chen ;" Gran's " Nibelun- geu in Dress-coat f ON GEfiMAN POLrRY. 19C ,2Bdbmei|ler'^ ^Braut- fa^rt;" (B6^t\\tV^ „%xom- peter con ©dflingen/' ^Mt Ueberfe|ung bc6 9Mbe- I ngenlieb empfe^len (Bit ? '£4e ijon i5tmro(f» 5BeId)e^ ijl nac^ bem 9HbcIun- genlifbtia^ kbeutenbftc(£:po^ au^kmTOttelalter? 5^a^ Sieb »on ber (SJubrun (ebenfat(0 uberfe^t »ott "Simrocf). 9?ennett @ie mtr etntge ber be* riii^mtejlen TOnnefdnger* Heyse^s " Bride of Cy prus;'' Roquette'8''^iA^ meister's Wooing;" ScheJ feVs "Trumpeter of Sak kingen.'* Which translation of th« "Nibelungenlied" do you recommend ? Simroch's. Which, after the "Nibelun- genlied," is the most pro- minent epos of the middle SBolfram con ©fc^en^ ba(^, diottfrieb »on (Stragburg, ^i^artmann jjon ber Slue, unb »or SlKen ber Iteblic^e ©dnger SBalter t)on ber ^Sogel^ tt)eibe. SBet^e^ ftnb bie bebeutenbften Which of the t rs gedies and Slragobien unb Dramen? dramas rank highest t gefftng'0 „(£mi(ta ®atottt/' Lessing's "Emilia Galottl*' "The Song of the Gudrun" (also translated by Simr rock). Give me the names of a few of the most celebrated minnesingers. Wolfram von Eschenbachj Gottfried von Strassburgf Hartmann von der Atce^ and, above all, the lovely singer Walter von der Fa- gelweide. ;,5^at^anber SBcife;" ©o* t^e'^ ,,(£gmcnt/' ^^Sp^ige* nxi/' ,,5ra|To/' ,,Sau|l;'' ©(^^iller'g ,,2Baaenjlein/' ,,5)?aria ©tuart/' ,,3ung' frau »on C^rlean^/' „2BtI- 17* " Nathan the Wise ;" Goethe's "Egmont," "Iphi- genia," "Tasso," "Faust;" Schiller* % ^' Wallenstein,*' " Maria Stuart/' "Maid of Orleans," "William TeH •'' 196 ON GERMAN POETRT. SJ^argraff „2:dub(^en »on Slmjierbam ;" J& e b b e I'^ ,,bie 9?ibeluttgen;" ^alm'« ,,gec^ter »on 9la»enna;" SBrai^iJoger^ „5f?arct6;" ©etber^ ,,^runWb." ^lun, jum 8(^Iu(ye, etntge gute :^uj!fptele. »on S3arnbelm;" bann ^teijl'g „ber jevbroi^ene ^rug;" ©u^rott)'^ „3opf unb (S^mert;" gre^tag'e ,,bie Sournalijlen ;" ©ott* fc^atr^ ,,3)itt unb go;;'' Senebtx'^ ,,'^x. 2Befpe/' ^Sigenfmn/' „®in Sufi* ©^rgipn;" Jg)a(fldnber'0 Korner^s '' Zriny ;" Xleisfi " Prince of Homburg ;" Uhland'8 "Duke Ernest;" Outzkow^s "Uriel Acosta ;" Grillparzer^s " Sappho ;^* Laube's "Count Essex;" Margraff^s "The Pigeon of. Amsterdam;" HebheVk " The Nibelung-^i ;'» Halm^s " Gladiator of Ravenna;" BrachvogeV s * ' Narciss ; ' ' Moment haVs " Deborah ;" GeibeUi "Brunhild." Now, finally, a few good comedies. Above all, Lessing's "Minna ofBarnhelm;" thenAVei^'^'^ "The Broken Pitcher;" Gutzkoiv^s "Pigtail and Sword;" Freytag's "The Journalists ;" GoUschaWi "Pitt and Fox ;" Benedix^% "Dr. Wasp;" "Obstinacy;" "A Comedy;" Putlitz, "The Heart Forgotten ;" Hack' lander's " The Secrd Agent," etc 5luf ber Stetje. gragen fur !uqc 5lntworten. [ TKAVELLING. j (QUESTIONS FOR SHORT ANSWERS. 5tuf einem Dam^ffc^iffe* On Board a Steamboat, 5BeI(^e^ ijl ber Befte 35Ia^ ? Which is the best cabin ? SBte i)iet muf i(^ fur metnen How much must I pay fo: 9)Ia^ beja^Ien? . my place? Urn trie »iel U^r fpeifen to'u ? At what hour do we dine? ^aktt ©te ?[^inerat*3Ba|Jer an Have you any mineral watei SBorb? onboard? ^eSner, h)otten ®ic bteferDa* Steward, will you assist thia me be^iitflti^ fein, auf ba^ lady to go on deck? She ^Berbecf ju fommen, fie ijl is very unwell. fe^r unnjo^l. <>aben "^ie bie ®ute ettt?a^ auf Sir, be so kind as to mo\e a bte 'Sette ju Tiicfcn, mein little to that side ; I iuve ^ixx, \6) h^\>i nti^t 3)Ia^ ge* not room enough. ttug. €Bie ttjeit pub tt)ir uo^ i?on $♦ How far from X are wo at entfernt? present? Urn i»ie »iel U^r tt>erbett xo'xx At what hour shall we arrive an ienem Drte fein ? at that place ? ©irb unfer ®epdcf bort unter- Will our baggage be searched fud)t tt)erben? there? 197 198 ON BOAED A STEAJVIBOAT. 3Birt) man vlu erlauben, ettx^a^ mit att^ Hnt) p ne^men ? SBtrb fur ba^ ^affagier-^ut ir(jenb dn 3otl htia^W^ SBie ml Stunben ftnb e^ ijon ^ler na^ dc, ? ^unbert ©tunben, 2Bie Diet englifc^e ?!}?eilcn mac^t bag? SBeiua^e brei^unbert, SBenn (Bit ^Itteg p meinerBu* frieben^eit beforgen, tverbe t(^ @ie gut belo^nen, Um tt)te »iel U^r fd^rt bag Dampffc^iff morgenfru^ ab? 2Bie ^d^t jene (gc^logrutne ? S53ie ^eif t ber gegenn^drtige 33c- ft^er ? Sjl in ienem ©(^lofTe irgenb ettt)ag ®e^engn?ert^eg ? 311 eg eriaubt, bag Snnere ju betrac^ten? ^ennen ®ie ben ^^lamen jeneg Jgierrn? SBle lange ttJerben tcix an bie- fern Drte hUibtn ? SBie ttef ifl^terber gluj? S5M€ bei^t bag I^ampffd^ifF, tt>et* c^eg eben »orbeifu^r? 3fl bie ^ntfernung ^n Sanbc ober ju'SBaffer gr5§er nacj X,? Shall wo be allowed to tak* any thing on shore ? Are there any duties payable upou passengers' baggage? How many leagues is it froin here to X. ? A hundred leagues. How many English ml e«s is that ? Nearly three hundred. If you do every thing to my satisfaction, I will reward you liberally. At what hour does tlic steam- er start to-morrow ? What is the name of that ruined castle ? What is the name of the present owner ? Is there any thing worth see- ing in that castle ? Is it permitted to see the in- terior ? Do you know the name of that gentleman ? How long shall we remain at this place? How deep is the river here? What is the name of tbe steamer that passed us? Is the distance greater bj land or by water to X. ? KOADS, CONVEYANCES, ETC. 191 ten H\ gd^rt eint)am:pffc^ttf (einSit- t»agen) »on ^ter na(^ $♦? 5Bt? »iel betrdgt ba^ 3)a|fa- gtergelb ? 2Bo ijl bag ®x^ebittottg-33u- reau? ^aBen 6ie etnen gebrudten Sharif iiber bag gjaflragter* gelb, bie 3^tt ber Slbfa^rt unb anbere Sejltmmungen ? ^ann man Srfrifc^ungen auf bem (©(^iffe befommen? ^dlteg bet 3e, an? 5iann i^ bet X» augjletgen ? 3t^ eg not^tg, ba^ mein 9)af »trirt n?trb ? !!J?a(^t man ben O^eifenben »tele Umftdnbe n?egen ber 9)dffe ? SBie tt)ett ift eg »on :^ter na(^ $♦ ? ^ann id) c inen SBagen miet^en ber mic^ baMn brtngt? aiUe "Old mu§ i^ fur einenSBa* gen per Za^ beja^Ien? IKie »ie{ Slrinfgelb gibt man bem^utf($er? S33te ttiel ne^men ®ie fiir bie @tunbe? tDie ijiet um nac^ 3f» ju fa^ren (ju reiten) ? QBo ill bie 3)0)1 nm cineng)Ia^' im (^*tn)agen au ne^men? Boadf^, Conveyances, etc. Is there a steamboat (a dili- gence) from this place is X.? What are the fares ? Where is the office ? Have you a printed table of the fares, time of depart- ure, and other regula- tions ? Are refreshments to be ob- tained on board the boat? Does it stop at X. ? Can I be landed at X. ? Is it necessary to have my passport signed ? Do they give much trouble to travellers about their passports ? How far is it to X. ? Can I hire a carriage to take . me there ? How much must I pay for a carriage by the day ? What fee ought I to give .o the driver? What do you charge per hour? what for driving (for riding) to X. ? Where ist^e diligence-ofiico, to take my place ? 200 WITH A HACKNEY-COACHMAN. Um tt)ic 'owl U^r fd^rt er ah ? 9Bie tange merben tt)ir unter- n?eg^ bleiben? 9??uf man fiir ba^ ®e)3d(J et- n)a^ beja^Ien ? ®ic »iet 9^funb ^at man fret ? ©0 ^dlt ber SUmageit an ? ^al'e i^ 3ett, ^ier au friil)- ftu(f en '^ SBelc^e^ ift ber bejle ®a)l^of in 3|l e^ Mllig bort? 5Dot|lber^a^n^of na(^X.? SBann fd^rt ber ndi^j^e Bug? I.Bte lange fa^ren n)ir bi^ X, ? At what hour does it start! How many hours slia!! we b« upon the road ? Do they charge for luggage 1 What weight is allowed ? Where does the diligence stop ? Shall 1 have time to break- fiist here? Which is the oest hotel at X.? Are the charges moderate ? Where is the station for X.? When does the next train start ? How long does it take to get toX.? ^it einem So^nfutfi^er. ^onnen ®ie una foglei^ nac^ 3B. fa^ren ? ^aben @ie einen bequemen 2Bagen '< SBaa muf? i4 fiir einen t>ierr fi^igen 2Dagcn mit jn)ei ^-'^fer- ben be^a^ten ? SBie »tet fiir einen Sinfpdnner? SPie ttiel mu^ ic^ ^l^mn fiir ben Zac( beja^Ien'^ JDaa S^auffee- unb 33rii(f engelb ge^t auf 3bre S^iec^nung. fiBie »iel 5D?ei(en iverben fie im a;age juructlegen '< With a Hackney- Coachman, Can you drive us immedi- ately to X. ? Have you a comfortable car- riage ? What must I pay for a two- horse carriage with foui places ? How much for a one- horse? How much must I pay you by the day? The tolls are included in our agreement. How many miles a day wiU you travel f AT AN INN. 20 J &at mein®e^d(i^la^aufbem Is there room An my bag- ^Dagen? gage upon the coach? 5(^ ^dht etnen Coffer, ^mi I have a trunk, two port- ?D^anteIfdcf e unb eine ^ut* manteaus and a hat- box. SBenn ®te fd^netl fa^ren, fot* If you go fast, you shall (en oll? ^aben (Sie einen 23rief fiir mi^? 2Bie »iel betrdgt bag 9)orto? @enben ©ie biefen 23rief pr 3(^ n)iinfLf)e meinen 3)ag auf ber 9)oIi3ei i^iftrer ju laj^em SBotten (Sie pfe^en, ob eg ge* fc^e^enijl? 31^ eg not^ig bag ber^^ag l)iei vifirt njirb ^ 3fi ^in ameri!anifd)er Sonful ^ter? 3n n)et(^er (Strage mo^nt er ? 3eicjen (5ie mir ben 2Beg nad& feinem ^aufe. Put the box of matches upo4 the table. At what hour do we dine? At what hour is your tablo- d^iSte? Will you send for the washer- woman directly ? Have you a valet-de-place to go through the town with me and show me all that is worth seeing ? What must I pay him per day ? per hour ? At what hour do the letters arrive from England ? Which is the way to the post-office ? Have you a letter for me ? How much is the postage ? Send that letter to the post. I wish to have my pass* port signed at the police- office. Will you see that it is done ? Is it necessary to have the passport signed here? Is there an American consu/ here ? In what street does he live ? Show me the way to hii house. IN A TOWN. 203 J^O fann {(^ ®elb tt)e(^fetn Where can I get my money lajTen? changed? ^aUn ^k etnett ^rjt, ber cng* Have you a doctor who tifc^ fprid)t'? (£^ ^eniigt, speaks English? If he Wenn er au^ nur franjoftf^ understands French, t]iat ijerjle^t will do. ^jben ©te Sdber im »&aufe? Have you baths in the house ? ^e(fcn ®te mtc^ um [e(^^ U^r Call me at six o'clock in the tnorgen fru^, morning. ®ir n)unf(^en morgen frit^ We will have breakfast for (Bi^Iag fe(^^ U^r fur ^mi two at six in the morning, 5)erfonen grille ftU(J. punctually, ^efteflen ^it mir eine ^o1)n* Order a hackney-coach for !utf(^e. me. Sringcu (Bit mein ®epd(J in Carry my baggage into the ba^ ®d)Iaftimmer. bedroom. SWeitt ©epdcf mug an Sorb be^ My baggage must be put on 8c^iffe0 (nac^ bem33a:^n^of) board the vessel (taken to gebiad)t n^erben. the station). 2affen ^te auf metnem Bint" Light a fire in my room. mer etma^ ein^eijen. 33rtnq?n ©ie mir bie 0te(^' Bring me my account. nung. (^eben i^te mir eine fpedfijtrtc Give me a specified bill. ^ec^nung. ®ie "STel 3ett brauc^e ic^, um How long will it take me to ju gu§ ben Sa^n^of ju er* walk to the station ? reii^en? 3n einer ©tabt. In a Town, ®e^en ®ie re^t^, tin!^, gera- Turn to the right, left, be au3, go straight forward. talten @ie fic^ recfet^ unb wen* Keep to the right and at the 18 204 IS A TOWIf. ben fi(^ M ber ^mittn a^ (Se^en^njur* btge^ in biefer (Stabt? ^Einb (S^emdlbeaugfteHungen ^ier? 5ln n)cn mu§ man fi^ n?enben, nm btefe ju fe^en ? 2Beld)e ^irc^en ftnb befonber^ bemcrfen^trert^ n^egen tbrer 33auart? 2Bet(^e^ ftnb bie fc^onften ©e* bdube in ber @tabt? ©ibt e^ ein 3:^eater in ber €tabt ? SBirb ^eute ein gute^ ©tiid aufgefii^rt, unb in n>el^em Sl^eater? 3ft ein ^affee^au^ in ber 9?d^e ? ^^ann man eine englifc^e ^tu tung bort ^aben ? Q^iht e^ ein 23u^ itber bie ^txh n)iirbig!eiten biefer (Stabt? SfBeId)e^ iftber3:itel biefeg33n- cf)e^? 3Bo ift eig ju faufcn? 5lonnen ^k mir fagen, auf tt?eld)em 2Bege id) ju bem . ♦ . S^bore gelange'<5 SiBottten 'Bit bie ©iite })ahm, mix }u fagien, ob ic^ n)eit oon bem , . ♦ ^tabbiertel, cber t)on ber ♦ . • (Strafee bin V second street turn t«» thi left. When and where is the Eng lish service performed ? Is there any thing worth see* ing in this town ? Are there any collections of pictures ? To whom must one make application to see them ? What churches are most re- markable for their archi- tecture ? Which are the most elegant edifices in the town ? Is there a theatre in this town? Is there a good play to-night, and at what theatre ? Is there a caf6 in the neigh- borhood ? Can one see an English newspaper there? Is there a book containing the curiosities of this town? What is the title of the book ? Where is it sold ? Can you tell me by what route I may arrive at the Would you have the kindness to tell me if I am far from the . . . part of the town or from the . . . street? CONCERNING LODGINGS. 205 Slhttt^n (Ste mix fagen, n?o .gierr 9^. trojnt? me*: ? ober tin!0 njenben? j^ein ^ic fo gut, mtr benSBeg uac^ . . ♦ ju jetgen* 3c^ ttjerbe S^nen S^re 5D?u^e l«3iDt e^ ettt33abe:^au^ in btefer (Stabt? 3jl 3emanb ba, ber mix c^ jeigt? I wish to find the house of Mr. N. What directioL must I take! Must I afterwards turn t« the right or tc the le^t ? Be so kind as ID show me the way to . . . I will pay you for your trouble. Is there a bathing -establish- ment in this town ? Is there any one here who can show it to me ? 2Begen etner SBo^nung. ^ann matt gute SBo^^ituitgeit ttt biefe^r (Stabt I)e!ommen? Sc^ tt)uttf(^e eiite moMtrte 2Bo^* ttuttg ju ^abett. 5Bte ^tel beja^It matt gen?o:^it* It^ ben ^onat fiir ^mi mo* blirte 3iwt^^y ^^ ci^ft^^ 9Bte ttiel fitr ettt 3i^w^^i^ ^^ erjlctt te ml forbern @ie fiir ben !]0?onat? fBa0 bere(^nen ©te fitr ^et* ^ann id} bag gril^jliid im ^aufe betommen? ^'ann tc^ mit ber gamilie ju 5[}?ittag fpeifen '? 3jl ein guteg (Speife&auei in ber ^fJai^barfi^aft, it>o i(^ef= fen fann ? ^ann mir bac5 ^ittag^effen lug einem ©peife^aufe ober aug einem c^aj^^cfe gefii^idt tDerben? 3(^ mug Semanben ^aben, ber meine ©tiefel unb ^(eiber Jeben ?D^orgen reintgt SBag QiU man gen)obnIi^ ber 5!}?agb per 5!)?cnat'^ The rooms do not suit me I am sorry tliat I cannot take them. I like the rooms, and wisb to have them. How much do you ask by the mouih? What do you charge for firing? Can I have breakfast at home? Can I dine with the family ? Is there a good restaurant in the neighborhood, where I may dine ? Can I have dinner sent to me from a restaurant or a hotel? I must have some one to clean my boots and brush my clothes every morning. What is it usual to give to the servant per month ? 3n einem ?aben. ffiag x\t ber fxd^ biefeg %xt\- !elg? mt ml ? 5c^ fann nt(^t fo »iet gebcn. In a Store, What is the price of this article ? How much ? I cannot give so much. (£g ifl fe^r itJO^Ifeit, abcr eg ijl It is very cheap, but it i» no^ nic^t fe^r gut» very good. t)a^ ift ntct)t bauerbaft. That is not durable. IN A SHOP. 207 ©cttJd'^rcn (Sic letnett SIB jug? Do you make any deduction? 5Ba0 ijl ber SKert^ beffetben in What is the value of that in amcrifaittfc^em ®elbe? American money? 2Bie jlc^t ber Sour^ auf Son* What is the exchange of bon ? London ? ©eten ^k fo gut, ntir ba^ ju Be so kind as to show mc jctgen. that. SBic ^etgt t)a6 ? What is the name of that? Da^ ifl ntc^t gut genug* That is not good enough. ^abtn (Bit ui(^t6 58e|Jere« ? Have you no better ? SBoCen @ie mtr btefe ©olb* Will you change me these jtiid e UJei^feltt ? gold coins ? Der e^our^ jle:^t :^o:^er, {(^ :^aBe This exchange is higher; I ju $. me:^r fur mein ameri*' have received at X. more fanifc^e^ ©olb er^alten. for my American gold. 9tt1^mtn @ie bieg ®otbjtU(f Take this piece of gold and ttttb aeber @te mir berau^, give me the diffeimce. 18* PART THIRD. Sbtomattfd^e 9ieben^arten. IDIOMATIC PHKASES. A.RBANGED AliPHABETICALLY ACCOKDING TO THE PBINC11»AI ENGLISH WORDS, WHICH ARE PRINTED IN ITALICS* (* Used only in very familiar conversation.) To spread abroad. He went abroad. To bring a thing about. Have you any money about you? To have one's wits about one. Of one's own accord. To call to account. She aims at. To make some allowance. Keep aloof (stand off). Not far amiss. It may not be amiss. Something is amiss. It makes a fine appearance. I keep him at arm's length. Money in arrears. As for me. As far as I know. 33efannt ma^en. (£r gtng in bie grembe. (£tn)a^ ju ©tanbe bringem Jpaben *5ie (ettva^) ®elb ()ei (Seine ©ebanfen beifammca ^aben. ^4u^ freien legte ee i:^m na:^e. *2:)a Itegt ber ^ae' tm 9)fef- fer. Winter bte (Sc^ule ge^en. (8ie gtngett reigenb a^, *Du mad^ft mir nic^t^ wcig. 3^ :6tn ni^t aufgelegt. *(£r :^at njeber ^inb noi^ ^e* gel. 2BijTen@ie23ef(^eib? @r mad^tc Slnfpruc^ auf ♦ ♦ , ©ie gtbt ben Slott an. (£r »erla^ mir ben Slext ®r i^tett mir eine tiid^ttge ® traf ^rebtgt gerfettgelb ge^en. Sluf bte leid^te Std^fel ne^men^ ©^ jle^t S^nen fret. J^at er (Ste 2ugen gejlraft? SBenn e^ an ben Slag fommt 2)a^ fd&Idgt in metn Sac^, ©fe ttertragen fi(^ f(^Ie(^t. gjarterre, in ber 33el-(£tage, iiu britten ®tocf ivo^nen. ^Sie leBt in ben Slag §tneitt» 23e{ ^(^te BetracS^tet @r tt?trb u:6erpgelt. @r n)ct§ weber au^ nod^ eitt# 3n 23auf(^ unb Sogen. Um ben SSerftanb brir \txi. *9Serfej[en auf ♦ . . 214 IDIOALA.TIC PHRASES. ^ Jfocr with joy. Her maiden name was N. Can't make him out yet. To bear malice to any one. I have missed my mark. To find a market, I am a match for him. I am no match for him. No matter. (See, also, Conse- quence.) There the matter ended. That's what's the matter. It matters little to me. To be at one's mercy. He doesn't mince matters; he is plain-spoken. Don't mind him. I have a mind to . . . She gave him the mitten. The heart in the mouth. To take a nap. He is a native of Saxony. Uis hope came to naught. To make much ado about ttothing. •He is badly off. He is better off than I. No offeneel He left it to my option. He would like to be of the party. SSor greube aufer ftw^. Ste ift eine geborene 9Z. Sc^ bin itkr i^n nod^ iti(^t fn 9leinett. Semanben u:6el moHen. *3c^ ^aBe fe:^I gefc^ofliett, jDte 2Baare an ben ?!}?antt Brtn gen. 3(^ ne^me e^ mit i^m xuf. Sc^ bin i^m nti^t gemac^fen, (£^ ^at 5^i(^t^ ail fagen. IDakt i^atte eg fein 33en)cnbctu ^Da liegt ber ^unb begraBen. Dag tjl beg gJubeFg ^ern. 3c^ marf)e mtr n>enig barau^, 3n Semanbg ©enjalt fein. ^r nimmt !ein 23Iatt »or bex 5Wunb. ^e^ren (Sie fi(^ m6)i an i^n. 3c^ ^abe !2ufl (im ^inne) ju . . ^xi^^. ©in (Sc^Idfc^en ma^en. Sr ift ein geborener ©ac^fe. (Beine ^ojfnung n^art ju SBai fer. Urn beg ^aiferg Sart ftretten (Er ijl ubel baran. Sr jic^t fici^ bejTer a(g k^. 9^{^tg fiir ungut ! ®r jlctlte eg mtr fret. (£r mcc^te gerne mxttaQi6^% IDIOMATIC PHBAfiES. 211 He had to pay dear for it. I will make him pay for it. *To come dowD a peg. Pray do not be personal. To pick a quarrel. You are all of ?l piece, *He does not care a pin for his son. * At a pinch. To pit one against another. To tell in plain terms. What is your pleasure f He plumes himself on . . . Now, to the point. She says her prayers. They pressed me hard. His conscience pricks him. He protested against . . . it proves to be . . . She affects prudery, *To pull up stakes. He put me off with fair pro- mises. *To put on airs. He puts up with every thing. To keep putting off. To read between the lines (i.e. to go behind the text, or to conjecture an implied but uaexpresned mean- ing) (£^ tarn i^^n t^eutr ju fte^enl •^(£r mu§ e^ mtr auebaben. (SJelinbere (fatten auftic^ew, 3^/ uxUttt mtr attc Slnjug* lt(^!eit (Sinen ©trett »om 3om ^alfefd^at fen. ^inen auf bem (Sittlv baben (Einem etn^a^ j^ebcnfen. ®r fd)n)immt in (yolt. (£te jlecfen unter Stner I^ecfe (£^ ge^t bie S^iebe. 3Da^ bleibt fid) glet:^. 5luf falf^er ©pur (gdbfe). 33ei reiferer Ueberlegung. 5?nn ge^t mir ein ?ic^t aur. S^ gef^ie^t S^nen rec^t. (Sic^ auf bie 23eine ma^eti Semanben auf bie ^eine \i\ fen. dx gibt ftc^ au2J fitr einen ©?■ lei^rten. 3(^ belel^rte i^n eineg ^eiJern, ©inem ben ^opf gurec^tfejew (trafi^en). ®^ i)^ mt^ 'm SReinen. *23erlicbte 53Ud:e junjerfen. 5In ben 9?agel ^dngen. 2Bir miiffcn un^ be^elfen, Sluf bie 9Zeige ge^en. ©ic^ eine Sloge geben. Da^ ©efc^dft an ben 9?a^ Wngen. @^ ia mir Wit^ tjerleibet ' IDIOMATIC PHBASES. 211 *To laugh in ont's sleeve. He slipped up. *^To be smitten with . . . For a song. To 8(Kind one. To call a spade a spade. K€!ep up your spirits. *To vent one's spleen. To spoil a reckoning. *A spunky (devil of a) fellow. I will stake my life. Of the right stamp. ' To stand one's ground. We don't stand on ceremony. There is no standing it. It stands to reason. ,. To start a question. To get the start of one. By stealth. He sticks to me. To stir one up. I will put a stop to him. Hhe keeps him straight. It strikes the eye. It strikes my fancy. A sitimbling-hlock. To live in grand style. It did not 3wi^ his purpose. The tables are turned. He takes after his father. To take in the act. Taken up with . . . To take in good part. ^©i(^ itt'^ gdujl^en tac^crt (£r pel au^ ber dioUt. *2Sernarrt fetn in . . ♦ Um cine 33agateIIe. (Etnem auf ben 3^^n fui^tem 2)a^ ^inb betm 9?amen nennen JCerliere ben ?S}?ut^ nt(^t. *®eine ®aGe au^lceren. Sinen ©tric^ burd^ bie 3le(i^ nung mac^cn.* *(£tn 3:eufel^!evL ,3c^ fe^e tttetn ?eben baran. 3Som re(^ten ®^Iage, dc^t. ©etn gelb be^aupten. 2Btr mac^en leine Umpdnbe. S^ ift ni(^t aueju^alten. S0 ip biHig, i)ernunftgemd§. dim grage aufn)erfen. Semanb ben fRunQ ablaufen. SSerjlo^Iener SBeife. (£r ge^t mtr nii^t i^om \!eibe. ©inem ^dnbe (33eine) madden. S^ n?ifl t^m ba^ ^anbtuerl legen. (gie l)dU ibn.im 3^ume. Da^ fddt in bie ^ugen. (£^ ilic^t tttir in'6 ^luge. Sin ©tein bee^ Slnfto^e^. 5tuf ^o^em guge leben. ®^ pagte nid^t in feinen ^mm Da0 33Iatt ^at pt^ geirenbet (£r fc^Idgt feinem 33ater nac!^», 5luf frifc^er 5i:^at ertap:pen. Sn 5lnfpru^ genommen »Ott »♦ (»tc& etn?a^ Qefatlen laffen* 218 IDIOMATIC PHRA8ES. To take a drop too much. To talk an immense deal. This is most to my taste. To tell the plain truth. To throw to the winds. To tri7n the sails according to the wind. Do not trouble us with your presence. Your boy plays the truant. A-lways the old tune. I am not in tune for . , . It is the old tune. He did me a good turn. To turn up one's nose at one. In the twinkling of an eye. To be unceremonious (ab- rupt). To be up to a thing. To wait upon (to visit). He shall want for nothing. Watch him closely. That won't hold water, *1 know whafs what. That wears well. A weight on the heart (mind). She is every whit, as bad. Have your wits about you. I am at my wits* end. She looked all wonder. He p^'omises wonders. 3u tief in'^ ©Idec^eu gucfem *Dtm 3:eufel ein D^r al>f(^tt)at. m^ T)a^ fagt mir am meijten ju* 3^etnen 2Bein einfc^enfett. 3n ben SBint) fc^Iagen. T)tn^(intd nadj) bem 2llinb< ^dngen, SSerfi^onen ©ie un^ mtt 3:^rei ©egentiDart 3:^r ^naBe f(^n)dnjt bie 8(^ule. Smmer bte alte ?eter. S^ bin nt^t aufgelegt ju . , a^ ijl ba^ alte ^ieb (bte alte ^eier). ®r ern)ie^ mir einen greunb* fc^aft^bienjl. !iDte ^Ci\t uUx Semanben riim^fen. Sm ^anbumbre^en. 3m ^u. ^urj angebunben fetn. (Etner (Sac^e getrac^fen fetn. (Seine 5(ufn?artung mac^en. 3^m foil 9?td>t^ abcieben. @(^au ibm auf bte ginger* T)a^ l)alt nid)t @ti(^. S^ tt)cif \va^ tc^ njet§. 2Da^ ^dlt ftc^ gut(im STragen} din <2>ttxn auf bem ^erjen. ^ie ijl um fein ^aax beffer. 9?imm bt(^ jufammen. ?OUr lle^t ber SSerjlanb ftitt* (5ie mad^te gro§e ^ivLQcn. dx »erfprt(^t golbene Serge PROVERBIAL SAYINGS. 219 To make short work -I ^urjen ^x^t^ maiden mit^. ^urj angebunben fein* He has the worst of it. (£r jte^t ben ^iirjern. If the worst comes to the 3m fc^Iitttmften gatfe* Tliere is something t^ron^ Da^ ^t^t ni(^t mit rec^^ten about , . . 3Dtngen au ♦ ♦ ♦ arten. SDer 9)?ettf(^ benft'g, ®ott Icnft'^* (5)elb rcgtert bie 2BeIt grif^ getxjagt ijt ^alb gett)on- neti. 2Bie gewonnen, fo jerronnen, '^orgen mai^t ©orgen. Signer ^erb tjl ^olbe^ njert^* ©ile mit SBeile. 5lufgef^oben ijl nid^t aufge^o* ^tntrac^t ^at groge ?0^a(^t. 5Ber perj^ f ommt, ma^It juerjl. ^ejTer fpdt, ale gar nic^t S^^orgenftunb' ^at ®otb im ft'urje ^fJec^nung, lange greunb- ffiaft ^letne 3:bpfe laufen balb iiber. Slue ben 5(uger., aue bem ^*nn» 19* Proverbial Sayings, Man proposes, and God dis- poses. Money is the only monarch. Well begun is half done. lightly come, lightly gone. He who goes a borrowing goes a sorrowing. Home is home, be it never so homely. The more haste, the worse speed. Forbearance is no acquit- tance. Union is strengtli. First come, first served. Better late than never. Early to bed and early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy, and wise. Short reckonings make ;iig friends. A little pot is soon hot. Out of sight, out of mind 220 FKOVERBIAL SAYINGS. 2Ba3 man ni^t fann metben, mug man 'coiUi^ leiben. 2Ba^ i^ ntci^t mi^, ma^t mx^ ttic|t ^eig. greunbe in ber ^ot^, ge^'n taufenb auf tin 2ot^. Bu|l unb Siebe ju einem ^Ding, ma6^t Tlix^' unb 5lrBeit ge- ring. Vlan muf fi(^ (Irecfen na^ ber !De(fe, (©er ein gidfern Dad^ ^at, muf anbcre nit^t mit ^tetnen tt)erfen* ©in @c^tx)ert ^dlt ba^ anbere in ber (Sd^eibe, (£iner ^flanat ben 33aum, ber anbre if t bie 3^flaum'. ©in leerer ^i S^tegcn mit etnem ®c^la* ge tobten. SWale ben Scufel nic^t an bie ©anb. 2Bie man fici^ 6ettet, fo f(^Idft man. ®nbe QUt, 5Ifie0 gut •iDaei Si voiU fluger fein aU bie »g>enne. T)te (©onnenu^r jd^It nur bie ^eitercn (Stunben, Sin X)o!tor unb ein 33auer toiffen mel)r aU ein Doltor aUein, Sin 9Zarr !ann me^r fragen aU fieben SBeife antiv^rtem gromme Seute n)o^nen tveit au^einanber, ©otte^ S5?ii^Ie ge^t langfam, aber fte ma^lt fein» 31^ ber 5Wenf(^ geboren, fo fdngt er an ju jlerben, Sebem bun!et fetn ,,Sul" ein gal!. Seber «mutter ^inb i|l fc^on. Cieber biegen aU brec^en. 2obctt ift nicjt lieben. Smooth waters run deep. Tit for tat. Out of the frying-pan into the fire. To carry coals to Newcastle^ To kill two birds with one stone. Talk of the devil, and he will either come or send. As you make your bed, so you must lie on it. All is well that ends well. The egg will be more know- ing than the hen. The sun-dial counts only the bright hours. A doctor and a boor know more than a doctor alone. Fools may ask more in an hour than wise men can answer in seven years. Christians have no neigh- bors. God's mill goes slowly, but it grinds well. As soon as a man is born he begins to die. Every man thinks his own geese swans. Every mother's child is handsome. Better bend than break. Praising is not loving. 222 PBOVERBIAJ. SAYINGS. IWan barf nur fletkit urn ge* UU ju njerben* a^an mug bie ^a^c ni^t im ©aile faufert* SD?att fofl bie 3^^^ itt^t c^ne ben 2Birt^ mad^em 5)?an fott ni^t au^ ber ©cS^ute fc^wa^ett. !Kan(^er flie^t ben :Sac^ unb fdttt in ben 9*l^ein» 2J?an(^er nimmt mit (Si^effeln unb gibt mit ;2offeIn. S!}?ugiggang ijl be^ SLeufeF^ S^tu^eban!. 9?arren fott man nid^t auf (£ter fe^en. 9?arren wac^fen unbegofyem Sltemanb fann juglei^ blafen unb f(^Iu(Jen. $fau, fc^au beine 33eine* ffia^ i(^, fo roll ic^, fagt ber <5d^lu(Tel, fRebe, bag i^ bi^ fe^e. ©ag' tint Silge ^"0 ^bx^ bu btc SBa^r^eit. aid). ©eine «g>ii^ner legen ^ier bie jttjei Dotter ^aben, Ee^t emen grofc^ auf golbenen (Stu^t, er ^iipft boc^ mieber h\ ben JJfuJ^L One need only die tc be praised. Do not buy a pig in a pjke. Do not reckon without youi host. Tell no tales out of school Many shun the bruok and fall into the river. Many take by the bushel and give with the spoon. An idle brain is the devil's workshop. Fools must not be set on Fools grow without watch- ing. No one can blow and swal- low at the same time. Peacock, look at your legs. If I rest, I rust, says the key. Speak, that I may see you. Tell a lie and find the truth. Set a thief to catch a thiet Black plums may taste as sweet as white. His hens lay eggs that have two yolks. Seat the frog on golden stool, he'll soon jump off agaii into the pool. PKOYEEBIAI. SAYIKG8. 223 2Bdr' f (^ ein ^utma^er getror* ben, fo fdmen bie 2eute o|)tte 5Ba^,t(^ follte einen^urb fiit^ tern unb felbj! beCen? 2Ber (£ter ^aben tDtH, muf ftc^ ba^ ©acfern gefallen laffen. SBet nt(^t^ an bie 5lngel jletft, fdngt ni^t^, SBer 9)e(^ angreift,Befubett [id}. 2Bie ber 2l(Jer, fo bie ,TOben; tt)ie ber SSater, fo bie Siiben, SBoWeil Joftet »iel ®elb. ^it ber 3eit gen?o^nt man ft^ an OTe^, fagte bie ^ot^in, aU fte htn 5lalen bie «g)aut cibjog. l?af mi(^ lo^ ober i(^ ft^reie, fagt bie Tlam jur ^a^e. Sl}?ac^e ntic^ nid)t ruffig, fagt bie 3)fanne jum ^ejfeL @inb au($ ^leien ba*^ fagte bie (Sau, ba jte beim Sowen ag, 9JJeine 2Ber!e folgen mir nac^, lagte ber Stopfer, unb pel mit bent Dfen urn* (^leid^ unb gleic^ gefettt fic^ gem, fagte ber 2BoIf pm ©c^afe. SSiel ©efc^rei unb n^enigSBoIIe, fagte ber S'^arr unb fc^or tin Were I a hatter, men would come into the world with out heads. What I keep a dog and bark myself? He who wdll have eggs must bear with the cackling. He who does not bait hia hook, catches nothing. He who handles pitch be- smears himself. As the field, so the crops ; aa the father, so the son. Bargains are costly. With time, one gets accus- tomed to every thing, said the cook, when she was skinning an eel. Let me go, or I shall scream, said the mouse to the cat. Don't blacken me, said the pan to the kettle. Is there no bran? said the sow, when she dined with the lion. My deeds follow me, said the stove-maker, and tell uvei with the stove. Birds of a feather liock 'o- gether, said the wolf tc the sheep. Great cry and little wool, said the fool when he sheared his hog. 324 PEOVEKBIAL SAY^UNOte. S^ lommc aud^ fagte ber 5ltt- bere, unb pel »om 33aum. Da^ fc^retft bic 50?dufc, fagte ber 23auer, unb jledte fein J^au^ an. Va^ i^dtt' td^ ni^t gebac^t, fagte »g>an^, aU er »om 2Ba* gen fteL i£([en (Sie unb trinfen ©ie, ^err 3)farrer, fonjl friegt'^ bie ^a^e. ©c^abe um ben fc^onen Durft, fagt ber ©(^neiber, n?enn er SBaflfer trinfen mug. et tjl ^i, fagte ber Mjler, unb na^rn ba^ grog te. JBiel ^opfe, »iete — FORMS OF LETTEllS. 22? £'a toix S^ttcn fonjl ntc^t^ SBlc^tige^ mitjut^eilen ^a* ben — 5J?it ber ndc^flen 9)ojl Herbert tx)ir S^^nen au^fu^rlic^er fc^icibem 3c^ bttte ttttc^ freunbf^aft* U(^|l errn — ju em^fe^Iem SSltte fenben (Sie S^re 23rtefe an mtc^ per adr. : ^erren B. & Comp., Boston. 3(^ ^aht bte (£^re a^ fein— (mti^S^nenau empfe^Ien)— 3c^ »erbleibe, mein ^err — grau, bte :^erjlic^jlen (BIM* tt?unf(te t)on— Having nothing else of moment to communicate to you. We shall write you more fully by next mail. Pray remember me kindly to Mr. . Please address youi letters: care of Messrs. B. & Co., Boston. I have the honor to be - I remain, Sir — With best wishes (con- gratulations) 1 remain, dear Madam — Unterf^rift. Dcr S^rige — 3^r — 5!}?tt ber grojtcn •goc^acltuttg. .g»oc^a(^tung^»ofl. : 5I(^tung0t)ot( unb ergebcnjl, 5l^tung0t)ot( gru§t ®te. 3^r aufric^ttg ergebener. 3§r ge^orfamer Diener. 3^r treu ergcbener, grcunbfc^aftUc^ft, ^erjHc^jl griigenb. ©on ganjcm J&erjen ^erjltd^ betn. S^r — Dein — ergebener — trcuer Sreunb. Dcitt bic^ Itcbenber 0llen* pany to dinner on Thursday greunbfc^aftli^fl griif enb, next, at five o'clock. 51 tt t W r t. Answer, TOtgrogemSSergniigetttDer- Mr. and Mrs. N. present ben xoxx ber un^ fo freunbltc^ their compliments to Mr. gen?orbenen (£intabung »on and Mrs. C, and take great ^errit unb 5S)?abame (i, golgc pleasure in accepting theii leiflen, kind invitation. ^\t freunblic^^m (Drupe, Sieber greunb, My dear Friend, SBenn ®ie nic^t fiir morgen In case you have no pre fc^cn ^erfcigt ftnb, fe ne^men vious engagement, will you ©ic gefdlliijll mit un^ »orUeb. come and dine with us to- vE^ tt)urbe mciner grau unb morrow without ceremony? mtr fe^r angeneto fein^ (5ie Mrs. A. and I will be very 6cl \xxi^ ju fe^en. happy to see you. 3^r ergebenjler — Believe me yours — Slbfagung. Regret. ®(^Ott fett mt^reren 3:agen Mr. B's compliments to auf Donner jlag 5lbenb »erfagt Mr. and Mrs. P., and is very bebaure t(^ ber freunblic^en sorry that a previous en- Sfnlabung »on J^errn unb gagement will prevent \nt FORMS OF LETTERS. 229 SWabame $. nt^t golge leiften accepting their kind invita- ^u fonnen* ?!)?tt ber 33itte mid) tion for next Thursday even- giittgft ju cntfc^utbigen, ing. (Bvu^t ad)tuttg0»ott 3^r cr^ gekncr, 33. Ijanffagung. Smpfangen @te, ?!)?abame, meine bepen Danffagungem 3(^ werbe bie (£^re ^aben, fte S^nen morgen 3Scrmtttag per* fonIi(^ ju erncuern. Thanks, Madam, accept my best thanks for your kindness. I shall have the honor of calling upon you to-morrow forenoon to thank you in person. 33tttc. ©cebrtcr ^err, 5c^ bttte (Ste crgebenjl, mtr Stag uttb (Stuttbe anjujetgen, too tc^ mtc^ ^n S^nen begeben fann,um S^itcniSmpfe^Iung^* brtefe ^^u itberret^en, bie ^tvx 33. in 33erUn mir fiir (Sie p* geftetlt ^at. Bequest. Dear Sir, I wish you would be so good as to let me know the day and hour I may call upon you, in order to pre- sent you the letters of recom- mendation that Mr. B., of Paris, gave me for yoni house. 3c^ bfttc ^errn S3, mcrgen ^ienflag frii^ urn ^e^n U^r ju mir ju fommen unb t?erf^icbc^ tte?!J?ujler^on — mit^ubringen. Notice. Mr. A. desires Mr. B. to call on Tuesday morning at ten o'clock, and to bring patterns of different kimif of—. 20 230 FORMS OF LETTERS. 3»c^ crfuc^e ^errn 91. mor* Mr. A. wishes Mr. N. U gen SSormittag ju mir ju !om* call to-morrow morning to men, um ntir !)D^a§ p etnem take his measure for a coat. fRod in nc^men. 3c^ crfuc^e ?iJ?ab. fR. bent Mrs. A. desires Mrs. 11. tA Ueberbringer biefe^ ba^ ^leib send by bearer the dress ^U ilbcrgeben, ba^ fte mir auf which she promised her for ^cute oerfpro^en ^at 21. to-day. SB e (^ f e I. Bill of Exchange. S c i ^> J i 8- ben 1. Dej. 1868. Leipsic, Dec. 1, 1868. Rur 9>r. dtt, SE^tr. 600. For Thlr. 600 Pr. Ct. 5?ai^ (Bxiiji (einen 5}?onat At sight (one month after bato), ja^Ien (Bit gegen biefen date), please to pay by this $rtma-2Bec^fet, an bte Drbre first bill of exchange, to the .be0 ^errn g. 2B. S., bie Sum- order of Mr. F. W. C, the me tton ©ec^^^unbert 2;^aler sum of six hundred Prus- gjreuj. S^ourant; ben SBert:^ sian thalers currency, for ^mpfangen, unb fleflen i^n auf value received, and place it S^ec^nung laut 33eric^t. to account as per advice. 33. 2:. B. T. §errtt 2. & ^., in ^UtoSoxt Messrs. L. & H., New York. St»i8.— S5eri^t Advice. «et<>jifl. ben 1. 2)cj. 1868. Leipsic, Dec. 1, 1868. ^trxtn 2. & ^., ^m 2)orf. Messrs. L. & H., New York. 3c^ entne^me ^eute auf Ste I have this day drawn on bie (Summc »on (Sec^e^unbert you for six hundred Prus- S^^ater ^reu§. Sour., ja^Ibar sian Thalers currency, pay- nac& v5id)t an bie Orbre be^ able at sight U the order of i'OKMS OF LETTERS. 281 ^errn g, 2D» ©., n?el^e Zxam (5ie gefdttigj^ ^onoriren unb mtr ben Setrag o^ne wetteren S3eri(^t in ^lei^nun^ j!etten tterben, ^cfetung^ijott unb ergebenjl, ®fgener 2Bed)feL 91 c » g r f, ben 1. ^att. i869. $550, T)nx ?D?onate (?a^(5 ja^k tc^ (gcgen biefen mdnen (Sola- 2Cec^feI), an bte Drbre bee .germ ^, 33,, bie ®umme t>on gunf:^unbert unb fitnf^ig ^ol-' lar^ ; ben 5Bert^ empfangem Mr. F. W. C, whicli draft please to accept and place the amount to my account without further advice. Yours respectfully, B. T. Promissory Note. New York, Jan. 1, 18 W. $550. Three months after data I promise to pay to the or- der of Mr. A. B. five hun- dred and fifty dollars, v^lu« received. D. K Quittungen. 91 c to g r f , bctt 1. Tt&vi 1869. $200. ®mpfangentJon— 3tt)et^iin* bert Dottare al^ t)ot(ftanbtge ©e^a^lung alter gorberungen kie ic^ Me bato gegen i:^n ^abe. Scwgorf, i>enl5.Slpr«1869. $100. !Dic , $200. Received from — two hundred dollars, in full of all demands to date. C.L. $100. Received, New York, April 15, 1869, of Mr. — , one hundred dollars, on ao count G. H. 20* MONEY. MONEY.— ® el b^ 95creitt^9te (Staaten. United Sunes. toUax ^ 100 Htxm, m Dollar @ 100 cenU (Snglanb. yfunb (bttxlin^ i. 20 riuttg INDEX TO THE FIRST AKD SECOND PARTS I.— VOCABULARY. Animals, Dcmestic, 69. Wild, 70. Apparel, Gentlemen's, 54. Ladies*, 55. Male and Female, 56. Architecture, 92. Army, 83. Beverages, 62. Birds, Domestic, 69. Wild, n. Books, Commercial, 80. Bookselling and Printing, 89. Bread, 64. Cities, 98. City (Town), 56. Commerce, 77. Countries, Nations, 97. Country, 68. Day, Division, 37. Days, Week, 37. Dignitaries, Ecclesiastical, 77. Secular, 76. Dishes, 61. Draft, Bill, 78. Dress, see Apparel. Elements, The, 78. Field, Country, 68. Pine Arts, 91. Fishes, 72. Flowers, 66, 67. Fruits, f 4. Furniture, House, 58. Games, 95. Garden, 68. Grain, Corn, 63. House, 57. Implements, 75. Inmates of a House, 60. Insects, 72. Kitchen and Cellar, 57. Literature, 87. M«n, Collectively, 41. Ages and EelationshipA 41.. Body, 43, 44. Head, 45. Normal State, 4f^. Exercises, 47. Senses, Mental FacuJ ties, 47. Intellectual Qualiiieii 50. Moral Qualities, 51. Employment oi Facul* ties, 51. Maladies, 53. 235 286 INDEX. Materials for Dress, 56 Men, Literary and Profes- sional, 76. Merchandise, 79. Minerals, 73. Months, 37. Mountains, 99. Music, 92. Kations, 97. Navigation, 82 Newspaper, 89 Numbers, 33. Ocean, 99. Painting, 90. Professions, 76. Punctuation, 86. Reading, 85. Recreations, 94. Reptiles, 72. Rivers, 99. School, 84. Sculpture, 91. Seasons, 37. Sports, 94. Table, 60. Theatre, 93. Time, Division, 30. Tools, 75. Town, 56. Trade, Commerce, 77. Trades, 74. Travelling, 96. Trees, Fruit, 64. Forest, 65. Vegetables, 63. World, Universe, 38. II.— PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. Able (to be), 110. Address, 100, 153. Admiratioi, 123. Affection, 127. Affirm, 107. Afraid (to be), 122. A ge, 132. A nger, 126. Answer, 104. Anxious (to be), 122. Approbation, 124. Ask (question), 104. Ask (request), 101. Ask (the way), 121. Astonishment, 122. Aycrsion, 127. Believe, 109. Books, 177. Breakfast, 158. Bring, 117. Buy, 118. Call (visit), 154. Characteristics of Personf, III Come, 115. Concert, 173. Consent, 102. Consult, 112. Dancing, 169. Daytime, 12S. Deny, 107. Dinner, 1 &9. Dislike. 137 IJSBEX Do, 114. Doubt, lOr. Dressing, 166. Drink, 161. Fear, 122. Forget, 111. Friendship, 127. Garden, 168. German Poetry, 179. German Prose Fiction, 187. Get, 113. Getting up, 166. Go, 115. Going to Bed, 164. Grief, 125. Hear, 106. Hour, 129. Indignation, 126. Inquire (for somebody), 119 Inquiry (after health)^ 166. Joy, 124. Know, 110. Let (Make), 114. Letter- writing, 151. Listen, 106. Literature (German), 179. Lodgings, 205. Make, 114. Meeting (a friend), 156. Music-Lesson, 161, News, 121. Painting, 174. Pity, 125. Befuse, 1^2. Remember, 111. Satisfaction, 124. Say, 106. School, Going to, 141. Class, 142. Writing, 143. Drawing, 145. Geograpky, 148. Arithmetic, 141* Music, 151. Seek, 117. Sell, 118. Send, 117. Sorrow, 125. Speak, 106. Speaking German, 186. English, 137. French, 189. Store, In a, 206. Supper, 162. Surprise, 122. Tea, 161. Thank, 103. Theatre, 170. Think, 109. Travelling, Steamboat, IM Roads, 199. Hackney, 200. Hotel, 202. In a Town, 203. Lodgings, 206. In a Store, 206. Walking, 163. Watch (Clock), 1Z6, Weather, 130. SYNOPSIS or GERMAN GRAMMAR. CONTENTS. PEONUM JIATIOK • 8 TheAlphabet. .... S Modified Vowels 4 Diphthongs 4 Compound Consonants 5 Accent 5 Declensions of theAbticles. 6 Declensions of Nouns 7 Paradigms of Nouns 7 Declension of ADJBcnvKg. IG Pbonouns 14 Personal 14 Possessive. 15 Demonstrative. 16 Relative. 17 interrogative 17 Other Pronominal Words 18. VVRBS 19 AiLsiliary. 19 Active and Neuter 23 Passive 24 Reflective 26 Impersonal 27 Compound Separable. 28 Irregular 80 Alphabetical List of the Ikbequlak Verbs 31 Adverbs 88 Prepositions 40 Conjunctions ^. 41 Adverbial * 41 Compound ^ 49 Imterjbcti ms 4SI SYNOPSIS OF GERMAN GRAMMAK PRONUNCIATION. The Alphabet. % a, ah = a, like a in far, f6f h, bey = b, alike, but at the end of words like p, ®, t, tsey = c, before a, e, I and J, like ts; before all of'Ii(i)!eit. The compound nouns (with the exception of nouns formed by the inseparable particles, such asBe, QC, eut, emp, t)er, and others) place the accent on the first com} >onent, and take also a secondary accent on the second word : compare SSor'ji^l, Ue'bermuift, (S^rofe'uater ; but^eaun'bc* rung, ©e!)or'fam, Un'oelior'fam. ^ Adjectives follow, more or less, the same rule: those de- rived from substantives (»rdinarily keep the accent of tht • DECLENSION OF THE ARTICLES. same unaltered; compound adjectives follow the rulei laid down for compound substantives. Verbs, if simple, keep the ac3ent on the first syllable ; it compound, they follow the rule of throwing tli«e accent back on their first component, inseparable particles excepted. In no case, is the accent placed upon varying termina- tions of nouns, verbs, or adjectives ; such as e, el, en, tt, em, e§, eft, et, \q, id&t, in, ifd^, lic^, d)en, ung, ipen, etc. . The pronunciation of the vowel e is most influenced by the word-accents : if placed in an unaccented syllable, il resembles e in x>oetry ; or, when j^;2^Z, ^ in over. Words taken from foreign languages mostly have th« accent on the last syllable, as: (^tllbcnt', (£ultur', ^oraV Or, more strictly speaking, they retain the accent of tin original language. DECLENSION OF THE ARTICLES. 1. The definite article is thus declined : SINGULAR. PLURAL Masc Fern, Neut. \fof allgeTiders^ Nominative, ber bie txx^ bie Genitive, be§ bcr be§ ber Dative, bem ber bem ben Accusative, \)t\\ bic "t^d^ bic 2, The indefinite article is thus declined ; M. F K. N. etn eine cin G, eineg einer eineS No plural . D, etnem etner cttwm ^ A, einen einc etn Remark. — 1. The def. art. has three distinct forma in thi nominative, one for each gender ; the inde£ art. only two. the masc. and the neuter being the same. This remark li very important, as will be seen hereafter. 2. The indef. art. properly has no plural ; other adjective words, however, of the same declension, may have a plural 3. In both declensions the nom. and accusat. feminine, and also the nom. and accusat neuter, are alike ; the ger.i- DECLENSION OF NOUITB. 1 tive masc. and neuter, and also the dative masc. and neater are alike; and the genitive and dative feminine are alike. 4. The plural forms are the same for all genders, and th« norainat. and accusat. are alike. Note. — The forms of the articles should be thoroughly learned, and one or the other should always be used in learning the declenaioB of nouns ; the del art. generally, because it always indicates the jpender, which the indef. art. does not. DECLENSION OF NOUNS. {Arranged as in Otto's Grammar?) We adopt five declensions, as follows ; 1. The first declension embraces all masculine and neuter DOiins ending in el, cm, en, Ct (the liquid endings) and dimi- nutives ending in =^6)tX\. and =Iein. 2. The second embraces all masculine nouns ending in ^e, and foreign masculine nouns having the accent on the last syllable. 3. The third embraces monosyllabic* masculine nouns, hnd those of more than one syllable, not included in 1 or 2 4. The fourth embraces all feminine nouns. 5. The fifth embraces all neuter nouns, not included in 1. PARADIGMS OF NOUNS. First Declension. (Nouns Masculine and Neuter.) The genitive singular adds *§ ; the dative pluraUn (except in nouns already ending in n). The vowels, a^ o, U^ au, in the singular, are in the plural ■Bodified into d, o, ii, du, respectively. Examples : Masculine. Neuter, Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. iV bet ©ruber bie iBrubcr N. ba« genflcr btc S^enflet O. bc8 SBrubetsS bcr 23ruber O. beS vfenftetsg ber ^en^et £>. bem ©ruber ben ©rubersn D. bcmgenfter ben ^-enfiexsp A. ben ©ruber bte ©riiber A. ba§ genfler bie genfter ♦ A few nouna of this form belong, as exceptions, to Decl. II. There art also other exceptions and iiTcgularities, explained in the larger Gramman which are not included here. The above statements are sufficient for tfc« beginner. Excei)tiun3 should be considered later, and when met vith » tbii 'ncMntime, shoul'l be explained by the leacner. 6 DECLENSION OF NOUNS. Note. — In case of vowels other than ci, o,n, ttti,OT when the vowci If already modified in the singular, no change of vowel takeb place In the pluraL In like manner decline the following masculines be^ SSater, ber ^pfel, ber ©arten, ocr ©ngel, ber © d^ ii I e r , etc., etc. And the following neuters : ha§ SQ8 C 1 1 e t , ha§ S 1 ft : r 5a§3KitteI,ba§DJldbd&en,ba§©51&nIcin. Second Declension. (Masculine nouns only.) All the cases, except the nominative singular, end in scn The vowel is never modified in the plural of this declension Examples : Singular. Plural, Singular. Plural iV. ber ^nabe btc ^nabesn N. ber ©tubc'nt bte ©tube'ntsen G. beS^nabe^n ber tnabesn G. beS ©tube'ntsen ber "<£tube'ntsen D. bem Snabesn ben 5?nabcsn D. bem ©hibe'ntsen ben etube'ntsen A. bcn^nabesn bie ^nabesn A. ben ©tube'ttt»en bie etube'nUcn Like ^nabe, the following: ber ^ffc, ber ©flaue ber 9i e f f e , etc., etc. Like ©tube'nt : ber ©olba't ber SRege'nt, ber $oe't, ber 5P5tIojo'pl&, etc., etc. Third Declension. (Masculine nouns only.) The genitive singular ends in sC^ (or, more frequently in »§ only) ; the dative singular in se (which is also frequently omitted). The plural ends in =e ; dative plural in sen* The vowels a^ 0, Vif m, in the singular, are commonly modified in tht» plural, especially in monosyllables. In , polysyllables especially the e is commonly omitted from both the genitive and the dative singular. In mono- Byllables euphony or emphasis will decide, the fuller ending being the more formal. SingtUar, N. ber %m G. beS ta*e8 D. bem m^{t) A, ben gifc^ Singular. N. bcr^onig G. be§ffoni9=8 D. bem 5f6nig(e) 4 ben ffonlfl aingtOar, N. ber ©obn o. bc8 ©D$n(e)« D. bcm©Dbn(c) A. ben ©o^n Singular. N. ber ©efang G. beg ®cfongi(e)« Z>. bem ©e^angsc A. ben ®efang PlnraL bte ©obnse ber ©D^nse ben @6|nsen bie ©o^ttse Plural. bte ®cfdn8»e ber ®efang=e b^ ®cfdngsei b'^ ®c?anfi*e Plural. Singular. Plural, bie ^(inbsc N. blc 23Iumc bte 93IumC5n ber ^dnbsc G. ber iBIurac ber 33Iume5« ben A^dnbsen D. ber 93Iume ben SSIuraestt bie ^dnbsc A. btc S3Iume blc 93Iumc»Ti DECLENSION OF NOUNS 9 Similarly decline : ber X i f (^ , bet © t U ^ I , ber M t n fl ber®aft, ber Sefel)!, ber ©ffig, ber ^ungHna 3tc., etc. Note. — This declension embraces the great majority of the mas> cidine nouns. Fourth Declension. (Feminine Nouns.) The singular remains always unchanged. The plural, in monosyllables, adds se (dative sCll), &nd modifies the vowels, a, 0, XL, an, as above. In other nouns, the plural adds =cn (or =n^ according to euphony) without vowel change. Examples: SiJigular. iV. bie §anb atib, decline bie San!,* bte Sruft; bie iB r a u t ; bie 1^ u ft, etc., etc. Like Die 33 1 u m e, decline bie greube; bicSofe; btc 8(^mefter; bie ^ a b e I, etc., etc. With plural in ^eit, bie C> f f H u tt Q ; bie ©^5nftett ; bie Sreuttbf(^aft etc., etc. Note. — The words bie are u 1 1 e r, the mother, and bie SC o (^ t e t, the daughter, form their plural like nouns of the first declension in ^er^ via. : bie SK ii 1 1 e r ; bie 2: 6 (i& t e r. Other exceptions are explained In the larger grammar. Fifth Declension. (Neuter Nouns only.) The declension of the singular is the same as in masc. nouns of the third declension. The plural, in monosyllables, adds se r (dative, sem) ; in other nouns commonly se (dative «en) ; the vowels a, O, U, an, are commonly modified, espe- cially in monosyllables. Examples : Singular: Plural, Singular, Plural y. tag ®orf bie SJorf-cr ^. ba8 ®ef(i^enJ Me ®ef(Sent/e O. be8 ®orf(e)8 ber ©orf^er O, bc8 ®ef(i^en!(e)« ber ®et^enl«e D. bera dh, )d)on unb tapfer. Attributive adjectives (usually preceding the noun) ar< declined according to the following forms : 1. The d^iterminative adjectives, btefer, iener, ieber, U)el d^er, &c., are declined as follows ; Singular. Plural, M. F, N, M.F.N. Norn. btef=cr bief= bict= c btef= e^ bief= e Gen, bief= e § er btejs :e§ bief^er Dat bie -em blef * e n bief^ bief^ er btef= etn bief=en Ace. e biefs e§ biet:= c Remabk 1. — These determinatives, like the definite ar- ticle, have three endings in the nominative singular, and thus distinguish the pjender of the noun. They differ from the article in haviug the ending ^e instead of At u the nom. and accus. of the fem. sing, and of the plural, and -e § instead of =a§ in the nom. and accus. of the neutei sing. In these points the definite article is irregular. Remark 2. — The actual endings are very few in num- ber, and hence they may be readily confounded by the beginner. The following remarks may be useful : 1. The masc. sing, alone has distinct endings for all the cases. 2. In the fem. and neut. sing., and in the plural, the accus. is always like the nom. 3. The masc. and neut. singular are alike in the gen. and dat. cases. 4. The gen. and dat. of the fem. singular are alike; and, except in the dat., the fem. singular is the same aa the plural. 5. Other correspondences might be noted. Every onf of the endings occurs more than once in the declension. Hence they must be carefully distinguished by reference to the accompanying noun, or to the context. 12 DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. The same endings are used in the declension of all pro- per adjectives (descnptive or qualifying), when they stand alone hefore a noun (that is, not preceded by an article or any determinative. This may be called the Ftrst Db CLBNSION OF ADJECTIVES, thuS: Singular, Plural JT. F. N. If. F, jr. N. gutter »C «C§ qui't G. -e§* set *c§* • cr D, .cm «er «etn -en A. sen «e *e§ • e In this form are declined as follows : 8INGT7LAB. PLUBAL. Masculine, gutcr SSein gute 2Betnc 0uten2Betne§ Qutem SGSeine Quten SBein Quter 2Beinc Quten SBeinen Qute SBeine — good wine, or winei of " *• to " " warm soup, or soups. Feminine, toarmc 6up|)e irarmc ©upt)en — warmer ©uppe toarmer ©u^|)en of warmer ©upi)e marmen ©uppen to " ** warme ©uppe warme ©uppen — " ** Neuter. fleittcS S)au§ fleine ©ciufer — small house, or housei. Seinen |)aufe§ fleiner ©dufer of ** " fleinem ^aufe fletnen ©dufern to " " Hemes C)tJu§ fleine §dufer — " " Other exercises should be given, combining the adjei the possessives mein, betn, fein, etc. (see p. 6). Here tlie ad- jective retains the second declension, except in the forms in which the determinative is defective. In this case it resumes the endings of the first form which the determina- tive fails to supply — that is, in the nom. sing. masc. and neut., and the accus. singular neuter. Everywhere else the endings are the same as in the second declension. Thus: Masculine, mei*^, gutscr SINGULAR. Feminine, sc se Neuter. PLURAL. se sen »e§ »en ser sen se§ sen -er sen -em *cn ser ^tn sem sen sen sen sen -en se sc — seg se »en This form is obviously a combination of the other two 14 DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. presenting the inflectional forms of the first declensiou (ser and -e§) when the determinative is defective, and the euphonic forms {^t and sen) of the second, when the deter- minative presents the full endings. For each case of the ad- jective, however, under all circumstances, there are only two endings, and tliese should be carefully distinguished According to this form may be declined eln QUter 55ater, meine gute ix, we, i^r (®{e), you, O. unferer (unfer), of us, eurer (3|rer), of you, D. utt^, to us, us, euA (S^nett), to you, you, A. Utt^, us. tuq i^it), you. * $ (!6 also omits the c when deolined : as, htt 1f9lft, tit 1^ o ^ e , bal f e^e, etc, etc. t In poetry these three genitives : metncr, beiner, fciner, are abridged liitr ■tie, tein, fetn, as: remember me, gebenfc tncln. t e8 is sometimes contracted with the preceding word, us: ^afl bu'8, *4 ^ob'8, gib mir'S k. I These forms, fciner "uid f " . are commonly restricted to li^ Ir j «»OggK88IVE AIMECTl-VES AND PRONOUNS. I^ Mural f«^. and J%*r. IJoTE.— The forms af the third person plural are nsed thrcTigh- out as the ordmary form of address for the second person, botli Bingular and plural. In this case they are distinguished by the cap- ital initial letter (except the reflexive fid).) POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS. L]' ifascuUne, Feminine. mem, bein. meme, beine. unfei, euer. feine, tftrc, unfer, Ts^re, euere, ifire. mem, my. bein, thy. fein, his (its). itiX, her (its), unfer, our. euer, f* i^r, their. " your These forms are used with nouns, and are declined in the szV ' gular like the indef" inite article; in the plural^ like btef er,etc The above forms, by assuming the full form of declen- sion of three endings, become pronouns, and are used with out nouns : Singular. tfcucuUne. Feminine, Neuter, memer, bclner, fctncr, t'^rer, unferer, 3^rer, euercr, i^rer. meine, tnelnel, beine, beine§, Jeine, JetneS, \f)xt, tftreS, unfere, unfere^, 3^re, 3^re§, cuere, euereS il&rc, iijxt§, Plural, For aU o«n*>^9» meine, mire. beine, thine. Jeine. his. t:^re, hers. imfere, ours. 3^re, I cucre. yours. decline like btc* fer,, eta Prom these roots, by adding -Iq (English -y), is developed a xlfXt, theirs. j the adjective terminatioB fuller and more emphatifl 16 DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND PBONOUNB. form of the possessive pronoun, used only with the definit* article. Feminine, Nentfr. bie meintge, \)a^ meintge, mine, bie beintge, ba§ beinlge, thine, bie feintGe, 't^a^ feintae, his. bie i^rige, \)a^:) tftnge, hers. ' * \ pi bie unfrigen, ours. MdacUliTie, bcr metnige, bcr beinige, bcr feinige, bet, bie, ba^ unfrige ; pi bie unfrigen, ours. ber, bie, \)a^ Sftrige or curiae ; pi bie S^^rigen, yours. ber, bie, ba§ i^rige; pi bte ifrigen, theirs. DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS like (Mi* jectivei with ' the def inite article. The demonstrative adjectives are bet, biefer, icner. bie, bicfc, iene. ba§. the, biefe§. this. ieneg. that. that Note. — ^ e r ig commonly the simple definite article ; pronoun- ced, however, with emphasis, it becomes a proper demonstrative^ meaning that. The demonstrative pronouns are the same : that, or that one, he. this, or this one, he. ) declined that, or that one, he. \ as above. Also, the compounds : berienigc, bieienige, ba§{enige (French, celui, celle), formed from the root of jcil=er, by the adjective ending sig, with the definite article. berfelbe, btcfefbc, bafjeihe, 'the same' (self). ♦ber, bie. ha^, biefer, biefe. biefe§, lencr, lene. ieneg. declined Hk« adjectives with definite article. • ^e r, as a demonstrative adjective, is declined as usual: when used as Ik demonstrative pronoun, i.e., without a noun, it has a fuller form in the fenitive singular, and in the genitive and dative plural : viz., ^. aingular. fccf f e u C^efe), Derm, 6effen(fctu). 0. Plural, beret, D. Plural bene« RBLATIVS PRONOUNS. !• KELATIVE PRONOUNS. Singular, Plural. diucuUne. Feminine, Neitter. For all genders, N. ttjeld^er, XQzl^t, wcId^cS, who, which, tt)cld&e. declined like b i e f e r , etc. As in English the demonstrative that^ so in German the demonstrative pronoun ber, bte, ba§, is used, through- out all its forms, as a relative pronoun. When used as a relative, it has in the genitive plural beretl instead of b e r e r. Note. — In the genitive, to avoid ambiguity, the forms of ber, b e f f e n , b e r e n, b e f f e u, plur, beren, must be used instead of n)etd)e§, etc. ; which might easily be confounded with the same forms in the other cases. The fmitive of the relative pronoun is, therefore, always befjen, ^ereUf tSStu\plur. beren. INTERROaATIYE PRONOUNS. 2Ber, who? 2Ba§, what? K XotX, who ? tt)a§, what ? G> meffen (me^), whose ?* loefien (mc§), of wfiat?* D, tt)em, to vsrhom ? A men, whom? tt)a§, what? ^ aBeI(^er, Xot\6)t, wetc^e^? which? also used as interrogof five adjective^ and declined like btefer, etc. 2Ba^^ fiir ein, tint, tin, what (kind of), used adjectively citt being declined like the indefinite article ; before coi- lective nouns and in the plural, etn is left out. Ex.— 2Ba0 fur ein 23uc§ ^abeit unchanged. 9?tc^t0, nothing, not — any thing, j The following are also used as indefinite numvrica/ a/lr fectivei • — DecUetiMon, ) lik3 the >sin^lar of ) biefer, etc. 3f ber, t, or etn Seber, each, every one. ©titer, some one. Srgeitb Sitter, e, ^, any one. Tl?Ln6^tx, many a man ; plur, 5D?att(^e, some, ^ettter, t, 6, none, no one. ©ittige, some or a few. (Eitttge — , Slnbere, some — , others, ^eibe, both ; plur. bie 33eiben, both of them. ^rere, several. (like Mefer, fete. Ilike the plural of biefct, etc. •Die !U?ei)len, the most (plural). Dcr 5lnbere, the other. T)tx (Sine — , ber 5lttbere — , the one — ,the ot)ier ; plur. bie (Sttten — , bie ^nbern — , some — , the others. Der 9?dtttti(^e (neut ba^ 9?dntli(^e), the same. iSkl, much ; plur. 35tele, many. JBeitfp, little ; plur. SBeitige, few. Rflc* every thing ; plur. 3llle, all. like adjec- tives, with the definiti article. I the plurat Hke the plural of bicfer. etc AUXILIARY VERBS. AUXILIARY VERBS. These verbs are used both as Bimple verbs and as auxiliaries In eonjugatioa © a b e n is used, with the past participle, to form the perfect and pluperfeal tenses, together with the perfect infinitive and participle, of active (and aonw neuter) verbs. © e i n is used, with the past participle, to form the same parte of moat intransitive and neuter verbs. SQBerben is used, 1, with the iiifinUiv&, to form the future and conditional tenses of cUl verbs ; and, 2, with tiio pant jXNticiple^ to form the conjugation of the passive voice. INFINITIVE MOOD. f)ahcv, to have, fein, to be. iDcrben, to become. Past 8ef)Qbt tjahtn, to Qeioefen fein, to (ge)tDorben fein, to have had. have ])een. have become. PAKTICirLES. Prese?it. tjobtnh, having, feienb, being. roerbenb, becoming. Past. fiefta^t, had, ficmefen, been. (oe)tt)orben, become IMPERATIVE MOOD. babe, have, fci, be, tDCrbe, oecome. gabe er, let hia fei er, let him be, tDerbe er, let him be have, «fcc., &c., come, &c. &aben tcir, feien tDir, tDerbcn wxx, babt, i)aben ©ie, [elb, feien 8ie, tDerbet, toerbcn Sie 6aben fie. feien fie. mrben fie. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present 2'ense. I have, I am, I become, \6) l)abe, icti bin, i^ rtierbe, bu ^aft, bu bift, hn mv]t, ttl)ai; erift; ermirb; mx "ijiaimx, tdxx finb, mx mecben, il^r feabt, i^r feib, xtjx loerbet, fie Ifeabeti. ^ir fmh fie tDcrben. xmp&ifeet, i had, I was, I became \^ batle, idft war, tcb iDurbe, bu l^Qttefl, iumariX bu tDurbeft, erftnttc; ertoar; ermurbc: SYNOPSIS OF THE CONJUGATIONS. mtr ()atten, fie l^atten. I have had, Ml Wft ge^abt, etc T had had, xiij haik ge^abt, etc. I shall have, i(^ merbe I)aBen, bu mlrft ^aben, etc. I shall have had, i(^ merbe gel^abt l^aben, butDtrftge^abtl^a^' ben, etc. tDtr tDurben, i^r iDurbet, fie tDurben. I have become, xdj bin (ge)tt)orben,* bu bift (ge)tt)orben, etc. mx tuaren, ibr iDaret, fie maren. Perfect I have been, [^ bin get^efen, bu bift gemefen, etc. Pluperfect. I had been, I had beconie, x^ max gemefen, icb mar (ge)morben, butoarft gemefen, bu marft (ge)tt)orbcn etc. etc. First Future, I shall be, I shall become, ic^ merbe fein, icb loerbe loerben, bu tt)irft fein, bu loirft roerben, etc. etc. Second Future. I shall have been, I shall have become, ic^ merbe geraefen id) merbe (ge)morbcn fein, fein, bu tuirft gemefen bu mirft (gc)tt)orbcti fein, etc. fein, etc. I (may) have, id) babe, bu babeft, er ^abt ; tt)ir baben, ibr babet, fie l^aben. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, Present Tense, I (may) be, id) fei, bu fei(e)ft, er f ei ; toir feien, ibr feiet, fie feien. I (may) become, id) tuerbe, bu tuerbeft, erruerbe; toir merben, ibr merbet, fie merben. • This verb as anxiltarv uses only the short form »ort>f n ; wh«n t %x\ inir liebctt, xo'xx lanbeii, l^r Hebt, it)r lanbet, Pe Itebrtt. fie lanbm. * Verbs whose roote end ii: t, t. tn. or n, retain tbin e Uirouirhoati tot •fiitnony. ACTIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 2H Imperfect, i^ (lel)te. I loved, {6) lanbete, 1 landed, bu liebtep, bu lanbetcfi, tr Itebte; erlanbete; tt>lr liebtm, tt)tr lanbcten, f^r liebtet, i^r lanbetct, fie llcbtett. fte lanbeteti. Perfect, 1$ ^abc gelfebt, I have loved, ic^ bin gelanbet, T have landed. bu $a|l gcliebtr etc. bu bijl gelanbet, etc. Pluperfect \^ ^attc gcltebt, I had loTed, {^ war gelanbct, I had landed, bu l^cittcft gcliebt, etc. bu tvarft gelanbet, etc. i'lr*^ Future, id) ttJcrbc Itcben, I shall love, ic^ roerbe lanbtti, I sh^ll land, bn tt)irjl liebcttr etc. bu tt>trfl latibett, etc. Second Future. K6!i n?erbc ^tlxtH ^abeti, ic^ tt)erbe gelanbet fetn, I shall have loved, I shall have landed, bu xoxx^ gcliebt i&aben, etc. bu wirp gelanbet fein, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present Tense. . tc^ Ifebe, I (may) love, i(^ lanbe, 1 (may) land, bu liebefi, bu lanbcff, cr Itebc; er lanbc; xoxx lieben, n)fr lanbett, l^r tiebet, i^r lanbet, pe Hebeu. fic lanben. Iraperfect. '6) Ifebtf, (If) I loved, i^ knbetc, (If) I landed, bu liebtcjl, etc bu lanbetcflf, etc. Perfect. \6:f Jabc gcltebt, I may {(| fei gelanbet, I may hAVi have loved, landed, H ^abeft gtUebt. etc. bu feift gelanbet. etc. i4 PASSIVE VERBb. Pluperfect. 1^ ^dttc geliebt, I might id^ tvare gelanbct, [ might have loved, have landed, eu (jdtteft geltebt, etc. bu mdrejl gelanbet, etc. First Future. [^ werbc lieBen, I shall love, tc^ 'mtxht lanbetl, I shall land bw werbeft lithtn, etc bu ttjerbej! lanbnt, etc. Second Future. iC^ toerbc qelteBt ^aben, t^ merbe gelanbet fetn, I shall have loved, I shall have landed, bu tt)erbe|l geliebt ^aben, etc. bu tt)erbefl geknbet fetn, etc. CONDITIONAL MOOD. Mrst Conditional. [^ ttjfirbe licbctt, I should t(^ tDurbc tanbeii, I would love, land, bu tt>urbc|l liebcn, etc. bu n?urbe(l lanbeti, etc. Second Conditional. {6) n>urbe gctiebt ^abett, ic^ n?urbe getanbet fein, I should have loved, I should have landed, bu trurbefl geliebt i^aben, etc. bu mitrbeji getanbet fein, etc PASSIVE VERBS. geHebt tt>eit>en. PARTICIPLES. ieli?bt, loved, Qeltebt morbcn, been loTod INPINITIVK MOOD. Present, Past. gfliebt merben, to be loved, aeliebt morben fein, to hav« been loved. IMPERATIVE MOOD. IDC) be Qeliebt, be loved, merbet qeliebt, ne be er aelicbt. toerben fie aeltebt PASSIVE VERBS. 25 INDICATIVE MOOD. Presejit, \6) trerbe geliebt, I am loved, bu tt>ir|l geliebt, er ti)irb ^tWtbi ; xovt werben geliebt, tl^r njerbct geltebt, f!e werben geltebt Perfect Id^ Mn geliebt njorben, I have been loved, bu bijl geliebt n^orben, etc. First Future, (d^ mxlt gelteBt trerben, I shall be loved, bu irirft (jeltebt werben, etc. Imperftot, i6) ttjurbe gelieBt, I vasj loved bu irurbefl geltebt, er tt)urbe gelicbt; xoxx wurben geltebt, i^r tvurbet geltebt, fte tt)urben geltebt Pluperfect, i(^ trar geliebt i»orben, I had been loved, bu trarjl geliebt n)orben, etc, Second Future, ic^ n)erbe geltebt iDorbcn feitt, I shall have been loved, bu ttjirjl geliebt tt?orbett fein, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present, tf^ n?erbe geliebt, I (may) be loved, bu werbejl getiebt, etc. Perfect. ic^ fei gcltebt worben, I may have been loved, bu feijl geliebt n)orbett, etc. First Future, Cc^ Werbc geltebt werben, I shall be loved, bu werbcfl gcliebt njerben, etc. Imperfect, ic^ njurbc geltebt, (If) I were loved, bu n>urbejl geltebt, etc. Pluperfect, i(^ ware geltebt tt)orben, I might have been loved, bu t»drejl geliebt ttjorben, etc. Second Future, {6) werbe geltebt tt)oiben fein, I shall have been loved, bu werbejl geliebt n^orben frtt, etc. CONDITIONAL MOOD. First, ((^ Joiirbe geltebt tx>erben, I should be loved, bu iDurbejl gettebt werben, etc. Second. i($ n>urbe gettebt worbett fetn, I should have been loved, txi ttjurbejl cicliebt tt?orben feiji et''., ^ 20 BEFLECTTYK VEKBK (ft(^) freuen,* to rejoice. INFINITIVE MOOD. Present, Past (|!d&) frcuen, to rejoice, (j'd)) c\'i.\xn\t fiabett, to hare I'cjoiced. PAKTTCIPLES. (fid&) freuenb, rejoicing, (jid)) Qcfreut, rejoiceii IMPERATIVE MOOD. ftvxt bi(3^*rejoice, frcuet eu(^, freue cr fi(^, freuen fie fid^. INDICATIVE MOOD. td^ freue mic^, I rejoice, bu freuefl bi(^, cr freut ftc^ ; tt)tr freuen une, i^r freuet euc^, ftie jreuen ftc^. Perfect. i^ ^aBe mic!^ gefreut, I have rejoiced, bu baft btdb gefreut, etc. i^ir«i Future, \6) njerbe mt^ freuen, I shall rejoice, lu »trjl btd^ freuen, etc. Imperfect, i(^ freute mij^, I rejoiced, bu freutefi bid^, er freute ftc^ ; to'xx freuten un^, i^r freutet euc^, fte freuten ftc^. Pluperfect, \6) ^atte m{(^ gefreut, I had rejoiced, bu battejl b{(^ gefreut, etc Second Future, !(i^ werbc mtc^ gefreut Isabel I shall have rejoiced, bu tt)irft bic^ gefreut ^aben, etc. Present, i(| freue mid^, I (may) rejoice, btt freueft bic^, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Imperfect, \^ freute mf$, (If ) I had rejoiced, bu freutejl bi^, etc. IMPERSONAL VERBP 27 Perfect, til ^abc mid^ gcfreut, I (may) have rejoiced, bu I)abefl t)i(^ gefreut, etc. Firs/ Future, idf tt)ert>e mi^ freuen, I shall rejoice, bu tt)erbejl bi(^ freuen, etc. Pluperfeet, i(^ ^dtte micft gefreut, I might (may) have fojoiced bu ^dtteft bi(^ gefreut, etc. Second Future. {6) werbe mid) gefrcut ^abeti, I shall have rejoiced, bu rt)erbejt bi(^ gefreut ^aBen etc. CONDITIONAL MOOD. First, [^ tt>urbe mid^ freuen, I should rejoice, bu wurbefl bii^ freuen, etc. Second, {6) tx>urbe mx6) gefreut ^a:6en, I should have rejoiced, bu twitrbep bt^ gefreut t)abett etc. Present, regnen, to rain, IMPEESONAL VEEBS. regnett/ to rain. INFINITIVE MOOD. Past, . geregnet ^akn,to have rained PARTICIPLES. Present, Past. rtgttenb, raining. geregnet, rained. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present, Imperfect, t^ regnet, it rains e6 regnete, it rained. Perfect, PluperJecL, f« Jat qeregnet, it has rained. e0 ^atte geregnet it bad rained. o COMPOUND SEPARABLE VERBS. Fii'it Future. SecoTid Future, el ;»{rb regnen, it will rain, e^ irirb geregnet ^aben, it wil have rained. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present Imperfect, ti regne it (may) rain. eg regnete, (if) it rained. Perfect, Pluperfect, H %oihz geregnet, e^ l^dtte geregnet, it may have rained. it might have rained. First Future, Second Future, a ttjerbe regnen, eg tverbe geregnet l^ahtn, it will rain. it will have rained. CONDITIONAL MOOD. First, Second. c0 tt)urbe regnen, eg miirbe geregnet ^aben, it would rain. it would have rained. COMPOUND SEPARABLE VERBS. au^gel^en,*^ to go out. INFINITIVE MOOD. Present, Past, augge^^en, to go out, auggegangen feitt,tohave gcn6 out. PARTICIPLES. Present, Past, augge|)ettb, going out, auggegangen, gone out IMPERATIVE MOOD. i|e^. aitg *go out, ge^t aug, ^e^e er aug, ge^en fie aug, INDICATIVE MOOD. Present, i^ ge^e aug, I go out, toxx gc^en aui, bu ge^jl aug, t()r getjt aug, erge^taug; fie ge^en aug. • In the Infinitive and partidplea, and in all the compound ten«rm, t'le pre position precedes, writtnn in on*^ won! v^itli the verb; hut in »>ii- irrit..T;uiv«» the present, and tin iini - ■• •' '.it'"- nn'^ i*- 'vrir.'i-" -•.•.■(; .'.u COMPOUND SEPARABLE VERBS. 89 Irtperfeci. t(^ Qjng au§, I went out, mt ginflcn au§, bu ^inaft au§, fr a ma au§ ; Perfect. i^ bin au^gcgangen, I have gone out, ^u btjl auegegangen, etc. i^t>«^ Future. i(i§ tt)crte augge^eit, I shall go out, bu ttJirft au^ge^en, etc. ^jX qinget au§, fie giuQen au§. Pluperfect, \6) tt)ar au^gcgattgen I had gone out, bu trarfl au^gegangcn, etc, Second Future, id^ werbe au^gegangen fein, I shall have gone out, bu n)irjl au^gegangen feitt, eu? SUBjrjNCTIVE MOOD. Present, id) ciet)e au§, bu Qel)eft au§, er ael)e auy ; mir cje^en an§, il)r oef^et au§, fie aeften au§. Perfect, {&f fei au^gegangen, I may have gone out, bu fciefl au^gegangen, etc. First Future, \^ tt)?rbe au^geben, I shall go out, bu werbejl au^ge^en, etc. Imperfect. \^ ginoe au§, bu gingeft au§, er ginge au§ ; tDir gingen au§, i^r ginget au§, fie gingen au§. Pluperfect, ic^ tvdre au^gegangcn, I might have gone out, bu tt)drejl auggegangen, etc Second Future, i^ n?erbe au^gcgaugen fcfn, I shall have gone out, bu tt?erbe)l auegegangen fein, etc. CONDITIONAL MOOD. First, ^Second, i^ wurbe au^ge^en, (c^ witrbe au^gegangcn fevn, I should go out, I should have gone out, bu ttjurbefi augge:&cn bu tviirbejl au^gegangen fciit, etc. etc. 30 IRREGULAR VERBS. IRREaULAR VERBS. The following verbs are called irregular, because the) depart from the conjugation of the majority of verbs (such as liekn, lanben ZC). They constitute, however, a distinct and important conjugation, called the old^ or strong conyx- gation, as distinguished from the new (modern), or veak conjugation of the so-called regular verbs. They embrace principally the most familiar and the most frequently used verbs of the language, and, with their numerous compounds, constitute a very important class of words. The characteristics of this conjugation are, 1. The change of the root-vowel in the imperfect, without any additional tense ending. 2. The ending of the past participle in ^en (stt) instead of set (or t). The root-vowel in the past par- ticiple may be like that in the present, or like that in the imperfect; or it may be different from both. Many verbs modify in the second and third persons singu- lar of the present indicative (a few in the imperative), the vowel a, in the root, to a ; e long, to te ; and e short, to i. These are shown in the list. The imperfect subjunctive is formed from the imperfect indicative by modifying the vowel, if a, or u, and adding ^e as, [^ Q a b, t(^ g a b e. The remaining inflections are regular, and the compound tenses are formed as in the regular (modern) verbs. Special irregularities occur in some cases, which are more fully explained in the lai-ger grammar. Verbs beginning with the prefixes be, emp, ent, er, ge, mift, t)er, and ger, omit the prefix gc- in the past participle. In this list is also included a small but important clasii of MIXED VERBS, which agree with the weak conjugation ia adding the regular terminatives ste and si in the imperfect r wid past participle ; but with the strong conjugation m changing the vowel of the root. Such fxe brennCH) tt f n n e n, etc. ; also the common auxiliaries of mood, b \l X* fen, fonnen, etc., which are also irregular in the present singular. A few of them, as brlngen, tnfiaen, etc., also mo- dify the final consonant of th& root. SB tl f e It is also irreg alar in the present ungular. iREEGUi AR VERBS. 31 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF THE IKEEGCLAR VERBS. Tnflnlflva Present, Imperfect, Past iuiiuiny6. 2d and 3d person. Ist person. Participle. Cacfeti; to bake. Mcffl, hMt buf. geba(fett» ©efe^len, to order. befall. befo^Ieti* ©cflci§en, to apply- um^ beflijfett* to, to study. ©fginnen, to begin. Uaann. begonnett^ SBeigen, to bite. big. gebifliett. 93e!Itmmen, to op- bellomm. beflommciu press. S3ergen, to nide, to hixQ% Bfrgt barg. geborgem save. 93er jlen, to burst. hix\tt% Ux\t. barjl. geborjlctt» befonnem iSeftnnen, to medi- befantt. tate. SBefi^en, to possess. befaf. befefen. Setrugen, to cheat. betrog. betrogen. 33ett)cgen * to in- duce. 93iegeit, to bend. benjog. benjogen. bog- gebogett. JBtcten, to offer. bot geboten. SBinben, to bind, banb. g^bunbcn* .to tie. S&itten, to ask, to request. SBUfen, to blow bat. gebeten* m\i% UaU. bliee. geblafen. 23Ieiben, to remain. btieb. gebltcben* S3raten, to roast. hxcit% Brdt. brtet. gebratcn* 53re^en, to break. M6i% M6)t bra(^. gebroc^ett. Q3rennen, to burn. branntc* gcbrannt Sringen, to bring. brac^tc. gebrad^t. 5Den!en, to think. bai^tc. gcba(^t. 5)ingcn, to bargain Drcfc^en, to thrash. gebungen. brtf(|e|!,br!fc^t brof(^. gebrcf^ctt* £)rtngen, to urge, brang. gcbrungciu to penetrate. • Sewcgen is irregular only 'vith the signification to induce^ not when im |>lying motion. IBBEGCLAR VERBIS. Infinitivs Present, Imperfect, Paa^ M T""! 1 vl T 9* 2d and 3d person. Ist person. Partldiple. Oftrfen, to dare, to 3(^ barf, bu burfte. geburft. be allowed to, to need, gmpfaitgen, to re- barffterbarf. cmpfdttgj!, em- emppng. cmpfangen ceive. ^fdngt. Qtrnpft^tn, to re- empfie^lft, cm- mp\a% empfoi(ctt« commend. mm. ©m^finbett,to feel. em^fanb* em^^unben. ©ntrtnnen, to es- entranm entronnen^ cape. (£rbIet(^en*totum erMtd), erMic^en. pale. C^rfiiren, to choose. erion erforen. ©rlofd^en, to be- erltf(^efl, er- erlofc^* erlofc^en. come extinct. imu ©rf fatten, to re- sound, ©rfc^rcden, to be erfc^otf. erf(^oaem erfc^ricfjl, er* erfc^racf. erfc^rocferu frightened. fc^ria. ^xtoiiQtn, to con- sider, ©fen, to eat. ga^ren, to drive. emog. ertDogem fa^rejl, fci^rt. af. fu^r. gcgeffeti. gera^ren* gatten, to fall. m% faat flct gefaUcn. gangcn, to catch. 'dngft, fdngt fina. gefangen. ge(^ten, to fight. m% m^ gefod)ien. ginben, to find. anb. gefun^ctt. glec^ten, to twist, to braid, gitegen, to fly. m% mt. fio^it gefloc^ten geflogen. gUe^cn, to flee, gliegen, to flow. geflojen. ffog. geflofTen. grcffen, to eat (of met fraf. gcfreffen. animals). grieren, to freeze. fror. geftoreii. ®d|)rctt to fer- 90^r. gegobren. ment. * The simple word blei(ten is regular. IRREGULAR VERBS. 33 (^tbann, to bring forth. i^^htn, to give. ©eBietett, to com- mand. Sebei^eit; to pros- per. ®e fatten, to please. @e^en, to go. ©elittgen, to suc- ceed. ®eIten,tobeworth ©enefen, to recov- er. il5eniegen, to enjoy ®erat|en, to fall into, to thrive. iDef(^e:^en, to hap- pen. (5)ett)innen,togain. ^tef en, to pour. ®(ei(^en, to resem- ble. ©leiten, to glide. ©limmen, to glow. ©raben, to dig. ©reifen, to seize. .^alten, to hold. ^cingen, to hang. j|auen, to hew. ithtn, to lift. |>ei|en, to be called |)e(fen, to help. ^eifen, to scold. 5tennen, to know. ^immen, to climb. ^lingen, to sound. ^tteifen,or!neipen, to pinch. Present, 2d and 3d person. Imperfect, 1st person. geBar^ giebji, gieBt gaB. gebot gebie^. geftet gtng. gelang. gittft, gilt gait genaf* gerdt^fl,gerdt^ geno§. geriet^. gef(^iel^t (im- pers.) gefc^a^. gen?ann. go§. gitd). grdbjl, grd:6t gittt glomm. gru6. . griff* mt. ^ing. ^ieb. &tej;\ ^alf. ftff^ fannte. !Iomm. Hang. fniff. UU\\ ^dlt Past Participle getoren* gegc^em gebotem gebie^ett* gefatten. gcgangen. gelungen. gegoltem genefen. genojfen. gerat^en* gefct)e^en. gemonnen* gegoffen. gegticben. geglttten. gegtommcn gegraben. gegriffen. ge^alten. gel)angen. gebauen. ge^oben. gebetpen. gebolfen. gefiffen. gefannt gcflommen, gefiangen* gelnlffen. 24 IRREGULAB VERBS. Infinitive Present, Imperfect, Put AiAAJitia VI » ^« 2d and 3d person Ist person. Participle. ^ommen/to come. fam. gefommen. ^pnnen,tobeable. Sc^ fann, bu f annjl^er fann fonnte. gefonnt. ^rtec^en, to creep. !ro^. gefroc^en. I!aben, to load. tub. gelaben. 2affen, to let. mt m gelaJTtn. Saufen, to run. Iduffl, Iduft. Itcf. gelaufen. Seiben, to suffer. Ittt. gelitten. Sci^en, to lend. m. gelte^cn. Sefen, to read. liefefl, liejt. m. gelefen. Stegen, to lie. Cijf^en, to extin- guish. \!ugen, to lie, to ut- rag. gelegen. (Iif*ejl,ltf(^t.) lofc^. getofc^em log. gclogen. ter a falsehood. 5D?a^len, to grind. gemablen. 5!}?etben, to avoid. mteb. gemtebem ^tlUn, to milk. molf. gemolfen. 5!}?e|Jen, to measure miiTej^, mt§t. ma^. gemeflfen. 9J?igfatten, to dis- mtefdll^ fdat. mi^fiel. mi§fallctt. please. SWogen, to like. 3* mag (I may), bu magji, er mag moc^te. gemoc^t. 9D?u(Ten, to be 3^ mug, bu mufte. gemu§t obliged. mu§t,ermug. 5?ef)men, to take. ntmmjl,nimmt na^m. genommen. 9lennen, to call. nanntc genannt. 9) fetfen, to whistle. , Pftff. gepfiffcn. 3)flegen, foster. pflog. geto^logctt. |)reifen, to praise. prie^. gt prtefen. QucIIen, to spring quiflfl, quitlt. quoll. gequottctu forth. fRati^zn, to advise. rdt^ejl, rdt^ riet^. gerat^ciu ffitihtn, to rub. ricb. gerteben. fRti^tn, to tear. rt§. geriijen. 9Jeltcn, to ride on ritt. gerittctt. horseback. Kcnncn, to run. rannte. gcraum« IRBEGULAB VERBS. 36 TnflnlHvA Present, Imperfect, I'ast inuuinve. 2d and 3d person. Ist person. Participle. fHkiiftn, to smell. roc^. geroc^en. ?Rtngen, to wrestle. rang* gerungen. Ottnnen, to flow. rann. geronnen* fRn\tn, to call. rief. gerufcn. ^alacn, to salt. gefaljen. Saufen, to drink fduffl, fauft. foff* gefoffen. . (of animals). Saugen, to suck. fog. gefogen. Sdbaffen, to create, ©cpa Ken, to sound. mi gef(^affett* f^oa. ' ©i^eiben, to sepa- rate. f^teb. gefi^teben. (Si^etnen, to seem, ©c^ceren, to shear. f^icn. gefi^ienen. gefc^orem fc^tcrfl, fii^icrt. fc^or. @(^elten, to scold. mm, mit. fc^att. gef^oltett, gef^obett* ©i^teben, to shove. ©(^te§en,to shoot. gefd)oiTett. ©i^inben, to flay. fi^unb* gef{^unbcn» ©^lafen, to sleep. fct)Iaf|l,Waft. Wief. gefc^Iafen. ®4^^^"/ to beat. fd)ta9fl,fi|la8t fcl)Iug. gc'c^lagen* gcfc^U(^en, ©(^leic^cn/tosiieak fd)Iic^, i^^leifcn, to grind. fc^Hff. gef^ttffen. ©(^tet§en, to split. Wlit* gefc!)Iijfett. S^liejen, to lock. Wog. gefc^toJTen* ©c^Itngcn,towind, fd^kng. gefc^lungen^ to devour. ©c^mei§en, to Wmif. gefi^miffctt. throw. IWmlljt. ©c^meljen^tomelt. fd)mil}ii. femora, fcpnob* gefc^moljcju gefc^noberu ©c^naubcn, to snort. ©c^netben, to cut. fAnttt. ffircb. gef($nittctt» (©^rauben, to gef^robem screw. ©d)reibett, to write. Wdeh gefd^riebem ©c^reten, to cry. 'cbrie. gcfd)-*teen» ©4reiten,to stride. 6cSptt)etgen, to be iritt gefc^rttten. 4»ieg. gefd)tt>iegen silent. 36 IBBEGULAR VERBS. Present, J 2d and 3d person , ^1^ we Hen, to swell. ©4tt)lmmeii, to swim. 6d^tt?inten, to van- ish. £^wtngcn, to swing. (S(^ trot en, to swear ©e^en, to see. ©enbcn, to send. '^ieben, to boil. (©ingen, to sing. ©ittfen, to sink. ©innen, to medi- tate. ©t^en, to sit. (SoUen. unbetu gef^ttjungen. gefc^n?oren geMen. gefanbt. gefctten. gefungen. gefunfen. gefounen. gefeffen. gefotlt. gefpteen. gefponneti gefproi^em gef\)roffen» gefprungett geftoi^en. gejlanben. geflcblen. geftiegcn. gejlcrben. gejloben. gejlunfctt^ gejloj^en. gejlric^en* gejlritteiu get^an. getragen^ IRREGtJLAB VERBS. Intiniti-va Present, Imperfect, PMt innniuve. 2d and 3d person. Ist person. Participle. ^reffen, to hit. trim trifft. traf. getroffem Iretben, to drive. trieb. ^etrieben. $;reten, to tread. trittjl, tritt. trat. oetretem ^^riefen, to drop. trof. Xrinfv'it, to drink. tranf. getrunfetu •STrugen, to deceive. trog. tterbarg. getrogen* 25erbergett, to hide. »erbfrgft btrgt. »erborgctt. aSerbieten, to forbid t)erbot. »erbotett. JBerbleii^en, to dis- »erblt(^ett, color. [btrBt. gSerberben, to spoil. »erbtrbjl, »er* »erbarb. »erborbett4 25erbriegcn, to vex. [^igt. »erbrog. i)erbroffett« aScrgeflfen^to forget. ^ergijfejl, m- »ergaf. i?ergeffen. ^er^e^Ien, to con- tter^o^len. ceal. aSertteren, to lose. ijerlor. »erIoren. aSerfc^winben, to »erf(^n)anb. uerf(^tt)unbcn disappear. aSerwirren, to con- . »ertt>orr» »ern)orrett* fuse, [give. aSerjeiben, to for- tterjie:^. ijer^tejen. a©ac^fen, to grow. tt)d(^fefl,tt)d(^jl toud}^. gewai^fem 5Bdgen, to weigh. [n)df^t. ma gen)cgen. aBafdien, to wash. n>dfc^efc tt>ufc^. gejt>afc^ett. SBeben, to weave. tt>ob. gemoben. SBctc^en, to yield. tt)ic^. gen?ic^en. 2Beifen, to show. njte^. gettJiefen. SBenben, to turn. rranbtc. gemanbt. SBerben, to sue. tt)frb)l, tt?trbt. warb. gewuben. SBerfen, to throw. mtrffl, njirft. tvarf. gea>orfcn. SBtegen, to weigh. tt?Og. gewogen. tffinben, to wind. tpanb. gcmunbctt. SfBiifen, to know. 3c^ met§, bu tt)dft,erwei§ tt)U§tC. gemugt. SBoacn, to be will- S^ miff, bu moffte. gettjotlt ing. xoiU% er voxU. Sn^en, to accuse. Ste^. gejic^ert. 3te^en, to draw. m^ gejogcn. 3tt)tncien, to force. ^ang. ge^ivungeiu ADVERBS. ADVERBS. Almot?t all adjectives are used as adverbs of qu^lri^ without changing their form. Note. — In the superlative, however, t!aey cannot take the at tide as in English, but are preceded by am o- a u f ^, as : an ^6(i^|len or auf ^ ^od^jlc. A few words take also the terminatioi end, as : l)e|len^ it. Principal Adverbs of Ftace, SBo, where ? rec^t^, right, to the right, tco^n where, whither ? lin!^, left, to the left, Xt>oi)tx, where from, whence? c^egenuber, opposite. Utx, here, ba, bort, there, yonder, barttt, therein, within, au§cn, outside, tnnen brinnen, within, tnwenbtg, inside, oben, broben, above, unten, brunten, below, »ortt, before, in the front, ftittten, behind. anber^njo, elsewhere, iiijettbwo, somewhere, mrgenb^, nowhere, libera tt, everywhere, beifammen, together, mit, fern, far, far off, au^tudrt^, abroad, unterwegg, on the way, ju ^aufc (babeim), at home. Principal Adverbs of Time, SBann, when ? thtn, just, ie^t, nun, now, temale or jc, ever, ntcmate or nie, never, frii^, early, bernac^, na^i^cx, afterwards, fpdt, late, einjl, cinjlmaU, once, cinmal, once, one day, nculic^, the other day, tuxiWif, jungfl, lately, tor ^urjem, not long ago, fiinftig, in S^itimft, in future, mand^mal, juweilen, some- times, bann unb n?ann, now and then, l^duftg, frequently, fclten, seldom, »cn je^t an, henceforth. feitbem, since then, fcglci(i, directly, Slnfanj;^, at first, 3Ule^t/at last, bt^ je$t, till now, mtitx, again, erjl, only, not — till. ADVERBS. 39 fttbif(^, at last, at length, bamaU, then, at that time, immer, aSejeit, always, auf or fiir tmmer, forever, fc^on, bcreitg, already, ever, no^, still, yet, Imtge, knge 3ett,long (time),augettbii(iU(^, instantly. Jiintl^c^, hourly, tdglic^, daily, id^rlicife, yearly, atlmdlig, ) bj degreaa, nac^ unb nac^, j gradually, getro^nlic^, usually, plijllic^, suddenly, Principal Adverbs of Quantity and Comparison, SBie, how? t\t\, much, me^r, more, nod^ pitx, two more, ju, ju fe^r, too or too much, nic^t^, nothing, gar ntc^t^, nothing at all, genug, enough, faum, scarcely, htx mxitxti, by a great deal, uttgefd^r, etn)a, about, gerabe, precisely, exactly, Mna^t, fajl, almost. nur, blo^, attetn, only, fon^, else, ebenfatC^, gletd^fatta, likewise, fogar, felbfl, even, nt(^t etnmal, not even, ganj, quite, gatt^ unb gar, thoroughly, tbet]ftt?etfe, partly, befonber^, especially, ^auptfd(^Ii($, chiefly, itber^aupt, | generally, im 5It[gemeinen, j in general. SBol&I, well, 6atb, soon, gcin, willing! eft, often, diet; evil, del, much, t»cnid, little, Degrees of Comparison, Omnparative, Bepr, better. f fritter, ) soon- je^er, j er, y, Ite&cr, better, ijfter, oftener, drger, worse, me^r, m^^re, I minber. Superlative. am bejlen or aufs bejle, the best. f ant e^ejlen, the soonest. \ batbtgj^, very soon. am ifcbjlen, best. am |duftg|len, the oftenesi am drgjifn, the worst. am mettlen, most, famnjemgflen,)., . I am mtnbejlett.r'^^^^^- 40 PRBPOfllTIOire. PREPOSITIONS. 1. Prepositions wdh the Genitive Case, |[n(latt or jlatt, instead of, tro|, in spite of, ftttger^alb, without, outside, um — witlen, for the 8i*ke 6i> bicflcit^, on this side of, untrett (unfern), not far froio, fcnfeitg, on the other side of, \)ermittel)l (mtttelfl), by meani (nner^alb, within [place], of, {m(^^, along, wd^renb, during, Oi^cr^alb, above, iregen, on account of, ttttter^alb, below, jufolge, according to. 2. Prepositions with tlie Dative Case, Slug, out of, from, nd(^jl, pndc^ji, next, au§er, except, besides, nebft, fammt, togethei with ht\, near, with, by, at, feit, since, for, biltnettj within (for time), ^cn, from, of, by, mxt, with, »ott — an, from, since, nac^, after, according to, ju, to, at. 3. Prepositions with the Accusative Case, T)yxt^, through, by, o^lte, without, but, for, fiir, for, tt)iber, against, gegen, towards, against, to, Further: ^inauf, up, Mnab, binunter, down, ^inburc^, through, cntlang, along, w hich follow their substantives. 4. Prepositions loith the Dative and Accusative, fin, at, on, close to, uber, over, above, acrose, auf, upon, on, unter, under, among, Winter, behind, »or, before, ago, in, in, into, to, jtt)ifc^ett, between, ncben, near, beside, Note. — In answer to the question where t — the duttm > to voihiiher f — the accufative. OONJUNCTION8. 41 OONJXJNCTIONa Tbe foU owing seven conjunctions cause no alteiatiim i>f the construction : — «ttb; and, abcr or aflctn, but, tber, or, fonbern, but, Ntttt, for, since, fott)0^l — - al^, both — and. The following require the verb at the end of the clause:— aU, when, as, obglei^, though, although, bctor, e^e, before, feit, feitbem, since (time), bx^, until, fo oft al^, whenever, ba, as, since (reason)^ fobalb (al^), as soon as, ba§, that, jfo knge (aU), as long aa, bamit, that, in order that, while, faE^, in case that, tt)d^renb, while, whilst. iubcm, while, as, n?enn (trann), if, when, je — , the — (with the comp,)^ xotxl, because, na^bem. after, trie, how, when, as, ob, if, woether, ttJOfcrn, if, inasuMich as. The followiMg require the verb to precede the lubject : — alfo, therefore, thus, inbcJTcn, meanwhile, however, aud^, also, too, ntd)t nur — fcnbern auc^, not aujjcrbem, besides, moreover, only — but also, balb — balb, sometimes — , nic^txJbejloweniger, neveithe- sometimes, less, oa, bann, then, noc^, nor, bcnno^, and yet, still, fo, so, thus, beMctc^en, likewise, t^eil^—t^cit^, partly— paitly bocf, icbo(^, I yet, ubrigcna, as for the rest how- ^Iei(^n>o§I, j however, ever, enttocbcr — ober,either-~or, weber — nod^, neither — not ferticr, further, jwar, indeed, it is true folfttt^, consequently, 4:2 INlEEJKOnONH. COMPOUND CONJUNCTIONS. al« bi0, until, »orau00efe^t ba§, suppociiiigi aU bag, but that, but, provided that, auf i'**^. in order that, totnn — nxd)t, unless, tm gafi ba§, in case, ipenn ~ aud^, even if, al je — bejlo, the — the (with though, tlie comparative), mnn — nur, providedj fe nac^bem, according as, um ^u (toith the Inf.), in n» gleii^ text, fo tt?ie, just as, der to. tt)ie — aui^, ] fo — au(^, >• however . , . fo fcjr — aud) * INTERJECTIONS. ^^ ! ac^ ! et ! ah I oh I ^etfvi ! huzza ! hurraL ? a4 1 ah I alas I oh dear I ju(^^e I hurrah I $el ^cbal hoi 1 say I ^m! humph! hum I aul oh! fo! indeed! Ju I ugh ! WO^lan ! well then ! 0^ ! 1^0 ! oh I ho I auf! auf benn ! on ! forward! mit I O dear I alas» Slc^tung ! take care ! attention patfc^ ! pat I SBunber ! O dear ! piff! paffi bang! ©ie() ba! look! behold I pfui! fie! pish! ^eiU hail! halt I halt! stop! S©et)e! woe! ^oCa! holla! hollo! geucr! fire! fac^te ! gently I ©ottlob ! God be praised ! Itcg ba ! out of the way I red^t fo ! 'tis well . all right I fort ! begone ! be off! gut ! ^ood ! poft taufcttb ! what the deuce! »ortt)drt0 ! forwards I (I ! jlta I hush ! hist I ju ^ilfc ! help I leibcr ! alas I unhappily I Ser ba ! who's there I THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE STAMPED BELOW AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY OVERDUE. *-.• *i I^i4i ' OCT 14 tW5 ■1 f i [. • k i 1 1 ^14 ivi44292 u^ ti THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA UBRARY